Oct 26, 2019
Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:
Features
Links
Rclone is a Go program and comes as a single binary file.
rclone or rclone.exe binary from the archiverclone config to setup. See rclone config docs for more details.See below for some expanded Linux / macOS instructions.
See the Usage section of the docs for how to use rclone, or run rclone -h.
To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:
curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bashFor beta installation, run:
curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash -s betaNote that this script checks the version of rclone installed first and won’t re-download if not needed.
Fetch and unpack
curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
unzip rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
cd rclone-*-linux-amd64Copy binary file
sudo cp rclone /usr/bin/
sudo chown root:root /usr/bin/rclone
sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/rcloneInstall manpage
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1
sudo cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/
sudo mandb Run rclone config to setup. See rclone config docs for more details.
rclone configDownload the latest version of rclone.
cd && curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-osx-amd64.zipUnzip the download and cd to the extracted folder.
unzip -a rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip && cd rclone-*-osx-amd64Move rclone to your $PATH. You will be prompted for your password.
sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/bin
sudo mv rclone /usr/local/bin/(the mkdir command is safe to run, even if the directory already exists).
Remove the leftover files.
cd .. && rm -rf rclone-*-osx-amd64 rclone-current-osx-amd64.zipRun rclone config to setup. See rclone config docs for more details.
rclone configThe rclone maintains a docker image for rclone. These images are autobuilt by docker hub from the rclone source based on a minimal Alpine linux image.
The :latest tag will always point to the latest stable release. You can use the :beta tag to get the latest build from master. You can also use version tags, eg :1.49.1, :1.49 or :1.
$ docker pull rclone/rclone:latest
latest: Pulling from rclone/rclone
Digest: sha256:0e0ced72671989bb837fea8e88578b3fc48371aa45d209663683e24cfdaa0e11
...
$ docker run --rm rclone/rclone:latest version
rclone v1.49.1
- os/arch: linux/amd64
- go version: go1.12.9There are a few command line options to consider when starting an rclone Docker container from the rclone image.
You need to mount the host rclone config dir at /config/rclone into the Docker container. Due to the fact that rclone updates tokens inside its config file, and that the update process involves a file rename, you need to mount the whole host rclone config dir, not just the single host rclone config file.
You need to mount a host data dir at /data into the Docker container.
By default, the rclone binary inside a Docker container runs with UID=0 (root). As a result, all files created in a run will have UID=0. If your config and data files reside on the host with a non-root UID:GID, you need to pass these on the container start command line.
It is possible to use rclone mount inside a userspace Docker container, and expose the resulting fuse mount to the host. The exact docker run options to do that might vary slightly between hosts. See, e.g. the discussion in this thread.
You also need to mount the host /etc/passwd and /etc/group for fuse to work inside the container.
Here are some commands tested on an Ubuntu 18.04.3 host:
# config on host at ~/.config/rclone/rclone.conf
# data on host at ~/data
# make sure the config is ok by listing the remotes
docker run --rm \
--volume ~/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \
--volume ~/data:/data:shared \
--user $(id -u):$(id -g) \
rclone/rclone \
listremotes
# perform mount inside Docker container, expose result to host
mkdir -p ~/data/mount
docker run --rm \
--volume ~/.config/rclone:/config/rclone \
--volume ~/data:/data:shared \
--user $(id -u):$(id -g) \
--volume /etc/passwd:/etc/passwd:ro --volume /etc/group:/etc/group:ro \
--device /dev/fuse --cap-add SYS_ADMIN --security-opt apparmor:unconfined \
rclone/rclone \
mount dropbox:Photos /data/mount &
ls ~/data/mount
kill %1Make sure you have at least Go 1.7 installed. Download go if necessary. The latest release is recommended. Then
git clone https://github.com/rclone/rclone.git
cd rclone
go build
./rclone versionYou can also build and install rclone in the GOPATH (which defaults to ~/go) with:
go get -u -v github.com/rclone/rcloneand this will build the binary in $GOPATH/bin (~/go/bin/rclone by default) after downloading the source to $GOPATH/src/github.com/rclone/rclone (~/go/src/github.com/rclone/rclone by default).
This can be done with Stefan Weichinger’s ansible role.
Instructions
git clone https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone.git into your local roles-directory - hosts: rclone-hosts
roles:
- rcloneFirst, you’ll need to configure rclone. As the object storage systems have quite complicated authentication these are kept in a config file. (See the --config entry for how to find the config file and choose its location.)
The easiest way to make the config is to run rclone with the config option:
rclone configSee the following for detailed instructions for
Rclone syncs a directory tree from one storage system to another.
Its syntax is like this
Syntax: [options] subcommand <parameters> <parameters...>Source and destination paths are specified by the name you gave the storage system in the config file then the sub path, eg “drive:myfolder” to look at “myfolder” in Google drive.
You can define as many storage paths as you like in the config file.
rclone uses a system of subcommands. For example
rclone ls remote:path # lists a remote
rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remoteEnter an interactive configuration session.
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.
rclone config [flags] -h, --help help for configSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
Copy the source to the destination. Doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Doesn’t delete files from the destination.
Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it’s the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents.
If dest:path doesn’t exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.
For example
rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpathLet’s say there are two files in sourcepath
sourcepath/one.txt
sourcepath/two.txtThis copies them to
destpath/one.txt
destpath/two.txtNot to
destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
destpath/sourcepath/two.txtIf you are familiar with rsync, rclone always works as if you had written a trailing / - meaning “copy the contents of this directory”. This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the source or destination.
See the –no-traverse option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when copying a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.
For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of them change every day, you can to copy all the files which have changed recently very efficiently like this:
rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags] --create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after copy
-h, --help help for copySee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only. Doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Destination is updated to match source, including deleting files if necessary.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run flag to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.
Note that files in the destination won’t be deleted if there were any errors at any point.
It is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it’s the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents. See extended explanation in the copy command above if unsure.
If dest:path doesn’t exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags] --create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after sync
-h, --help help for syncSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Move files from source to dest.
Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination directory. Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and the remote does not support a server side directory move operation.
If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move source:path into dest:path. After this source:path will no longer longer exist.
Otherwise for each file in source:path selected by the filters (if any) this will move it into dest:path. If possible a server side move will be used, otherwise it will copy it (server side if possible) into dest:path then delete the original (if no errors on copy) in source:path.
If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the –delete-empty-src-dirs flag.
See the –no-traverse option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when moving a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the –dry-run flag.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
rclone move source:path dest:path [flags] --create-empty-src-dirs Create empty source dirs on destination after move
--delete-empty-src-dirs Delete empty source dirs after move
-h, --help help for moveSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Remove the contents of path.
Remove the files in path. Unlike purge it obeys include/exclude filters so can be used to selectively delete files.
rclone delete only deletes objects but leaves the directory structure alone. If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use rclone purge
Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes
Check what would be deleted first (use either)
rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:pathThen delete
rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:pathThat reads “delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MB”, hence delete all files bigger than 100MBytes.
rclone delete remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for deleteSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Remove the path and all of its contents.
Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey include/exclude filters - everything will be removed. Use delete if you want to selectively delete files.
rclone purge remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for purgeSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.
Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.
rclone mkdir remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for mkdirSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Remove the path if empty.
Remove the path. Note that you can’t remove a path with objects in it, use purge for that.
rclone rmdir remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for rmdirSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Checks the files in the source and destination match.
Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files which don’t match. It doesn’t alter the source or destination.
If you supply the –size-only flag, it will only compare the sizes not the hashes as well. Use this for a quick check.
If you supply the –download flag, it will download the data from both remotes and check them against each other on the fly. This can be useful for remotes that don’t support hashes or if you really want to check all the data.
If you supply the –one-way flag, it will only check that files in source match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.
rclone check source:path dest:path [flags] --download Check by downloading rather than with hash.
-h, --help help for check
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on remoteSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
List the objects in the path with size and path.
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with size and path. Recurses by default.
Eg
$ rclone ls swift:bucket
60295 bevajer5jef
90613 canole
94467 diwogej7
37600 fubuwicAny of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
ls to list size and path of objects onlylsl to list modification time, size and path of objects onlylsd to list directories onlylsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse formatlsjson to list objects and directories in JSON formatls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone ls remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for lsSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not recurse by default. Use the -R flag to recurse.
This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if not), the modification time (if known, the current time if not), the number of objects in the directory (if known, -1 if not) and the name of the directory, Eg
$ rclone lsd swift:
494000 2018-04-26 08:43:20 10000 10000files
65 2018-04-26 08:43:20 1 1FileOr
$ rclone lsd drive:test
-1 2016-10-17 17:41:53 -1 1000files
-1 2017-01-03 14:40:54 -1 2500files
-1 2017-07-08 14:39:28 -1 4000filesIf you just want the directory names use “rclone lsf –dirs-only”.
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
ls to list size and path of objects onlylsl to list modification time, size and path of objects onlylsd to list directories onlylsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse formatlsjson to list objects and directories in JSON formatls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone lsd remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for lsd
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.
Eg
$ rclone lsl swift:bucket
60295 2016-06-25 18:55:41.062626927 bevajer5jef
90613 2016-06-25 18:55:43.302607074 canole
94467 2016-06-25 18:55:43.046609333 diwogej7
37600 2016-06-25 18:55:40.814629136 fubuwicAny of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
ls to list size and path of objects onlylsl to list modification time, size and path of objects onlylsd to list directories onlylsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse formatlsjson to list objects and directories in JSON formatls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone lsl remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for lslSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.
rclone md5sum remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for md5sumSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.
rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for sha1sumSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
rclone size remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for size
--json format output as JSONSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Show the version number.
Show the version number, the go version and the architecture.
Eg
$ rclone version
rclone v1.41
- os/arch: linux/amd64
- go version: go1.10If you supply the –check flag, then it will do an online check to compare your version with the latest release and the latest beta.
$ rclone version --check
yours: 1.42.0.6
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)Or
$ rclone version --check
yours: 1.41
latest: 1.42 (released 2018-06-16)
upgrade: https://downloads.rclone.org/v1.42
beta: 1.42.0.5 (released 2018-06-17)
upgrade: https://beta.rclone.org/v1.42-005-g56e1e820rclone version [flags] --check Check for new version.
-h, --help help for versionSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Clean up the remote if possible
Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file versions. Not supported by all remotes.
rclone cleanup remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for cleanupSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.
By default dedupe interactively finds duplicate files and offers to delete all but one or rename them to be different. Only useful with Google Drive which can have duplicate file names.
In the first pass it will merge directories with the same name. It will do this iteratively until all the identical directories have been merged.
The dedupe command will delete all but one of any identical (same md5sum) files it finds without confirmation. This means that for most duplicated files the dedupe command will not be interactive. You can use --dry-run to see what would happen without doing anything.
Here is an example run.
Before - with duplicates
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txtNow the dedupe session
$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
one.txt: Found 4 duplicates - deleting identical copies
one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (md5sum "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36")
one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
1: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
2: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> k
Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
two.txt: Found 3 duplicates - deleting identical copies
two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
1: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
2: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
3: 1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, md5sum 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
s/k/r> r
two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txtThe result being
$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txtDedupe can be run non interactively using the --dedupe-mode flag or by using an extra parameter with the same value
--dedupe-mode interactive - interactive as above.--dedupe-mode skip - removes identical files then skips anything left.--dedupe-mode first - removes identical files then keeps the first one.--dedupe-mode newest - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.--dedupe-mode oldest - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.--dedupe-mode largest - removes identical files then keeps the largest one.--dedupe-mode rename - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.For example to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do
rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"Or
rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags] --dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|rename. (default "interactive")
-h, --help help for dedupeSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Get quota information from the remote.
Get quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes used in the trash. Not supported by all remotes.
This will print to stdout something like this:
Total: 17G
Used: 7.444G
Free: 1.315G
Trashed: 100.000M
Other: 8.241GWhere the fields are:
Note that not all the backends provide all the fields - they will be missing if they are not known for that backend. Where it is known that the value is unlimited the value will also be omitted.
Use the –full flag to see the numbers written out in full, eg
Total: 18253611008
Used: 7993453766
Free: 1411001220
Trashed: 104857602
Other: 8849156022Use the –json flag for a computer readable output, eg
{
"total": 18253611008,
"used": 7993453766,
"trashed": 104857602,
"other": 8849156022,
"free": 1411001220
}rclone about remote: [flags] --full Full numbers instead of SI units
-h, --help help for about
--json Format output as JSONSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Remote authorization.
Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless rclone from a machine with a browser - use as instructed by rclone config.
rclone authorize [flags] -h, --help help for authorizeSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Print cache stats for a remote
Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format
rclone cachestats source: [flags] -h, --help help for cachestatsSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
rclone cat sends any files to standard output.
You can use it like this to output a single file
rclone cat remote:path/to/fileOr like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.
rclone cat remote:path/to/dirOr like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.
rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dirUse the –head flag to print characters only at the start, –tail for the end and –offset and –count to print a section in the middle. Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so –offset -1 –count 1 is equivalent to –tail 1.
rclone cat remote:path [flags] --count int Only print N characters. (default -1)
--discard Discard the output instead of printing.
--head int Only print the first N characters.
-h, --help help for cat
--offset int Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve).
--tail int Only print the last N characters.See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Create a new remote with name, type and options.
Create a new remote of
For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config you would do:
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth trueNote that if the config process would normally ask a question the default is taken. Each time that happens rclone will print a message saying how to affect the value taken.
If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.
So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but using remote authorization you would do this:
rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local falserclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags] -h, --help help for createSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Delete an existing remote
Delete an existing remote
rclone config delete <name> [flags] -h, --help help for deleteSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Disconnects user from remote
This disconnects the remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
This normally means revoking the oauth token.
To reconnect use “rclone config reconnect”.
rclone config disconnect remote: [flags] -h, --help help for disconnectSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Dump the config file as JSON.
Dump the config file as JSON.
rclone config dump [flags] -h, --help help for dumpSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Enter an interactive configuration session.
Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.
rclone config edit [flags] -h, --help help for editSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Show path of configuration file in use.
Show path of configuration file in use.
rclone config file [flags] -h, --help help for fileSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Update password in an existing remote.
Update an existing remote’s password. The password should be passed in in pairs of
For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config password myremote fieldname mypasswordThis command is obsolete now that “config update” and “config create” both support obscuring passwords directly.
rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags] -h, --help help for passwordSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
List in JSON format all the providers and options.
rclone config providers [flags] -h, --help help for providersSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Re-authenticates user with remote.
This reconnects remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
To disconnect the remote use “rclone config disconnect”.
This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.
rclone config reconnect remote: [flags] -h, --help help for reconnectSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
rclone config show [<remote>] [flags] -h, --help help for showSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Update options in an existing remote.
Update an existing remote’s options. The options should be passed in in pairs of
For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config update myremote swift env_auth trueIf any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.
If the remote uses oauth the token will be updated, if you don’t require this add an extra parameter thus:
rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true config_refresh_token falserclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags] -h, --help help for updateSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Prints info about logged in user of remote.
This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage system.
rclone config userinfo remote: [flags] -h, --help help for userinfo
--json Format output as JSONSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or directory named dest:path.
This can be used to upload single files to other than their current name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the copy command.
So
rclone copyto src dstwhere src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.
This will:
if src is file
copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
see copy command for full detailsThis doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. It doesn’t delete files from the destination.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags] -h, --help help for copytoSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Copy url content to dest.
Download urls content and copy it to destination without saving it in tmp storage.
Setting –auto-filename flag will cause retrieving file name from url and using it in destination path.
rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags] -a, --auto-filename Get the file name from the url and use it for destination file path
-h, --help help for copyurlSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is the equivalent of running rclone check, but able to check the checksums of the crypted remote.
For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support some kind of checksum.
It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and using that to encrypt each file on the remote:. It then checks the checksum of the underlying file on the cryptedremote: against the checksum of the file it has just encrypted.
Use it like this
rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:pathYou can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all the files in remote:path.
rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:pathAfter it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.
If you supply the –one-way flag, it will only check that files in source match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.
rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags] -h, --help help for cryptcheck
--one-way Check one way only, source files must exist on destinationSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with a list of encrypted file names. List limit is 10 items.
If you supply the –reverse flag, it will return encrypted file names.
use it like this
rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2
rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags] -h, --help help for cryptdecode
--reverse Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenamesSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path. The hashes are calculated according to Dropbox content hash rules. The output is in the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.
rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for dbhashsumSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Remove a single file from remote.
Remove a single file from remote. Unlike delete it cannot be used to remove a directory and it doesn’t obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists, it will always be removed.
rclone deletefile remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for deletefileSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Output completion script for a given shell.
Generates a shell completion script for rclone. Run with –help to list the supported shells.
-h, --help help for genautocompleteSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Output bash completion script for rclone.
Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
sudo rclone genautocomplete bashLogout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly
. /etc/bash_completionIf you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags] -h, --help help for bashSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Output zsh completion script for rclone.
Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
sudo rclone genautocomplete zshLogout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly
autoload -U compinit && compinitIf you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags] -h, --help help for zshSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory supplied. These are in a format suitable for hugo to render into the rclone.org website.
rclone gendocs output_directory [flags] -h, --help help for gendocsSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash named. The output is in the same format as the standard md5sum/sha1sum tool.
Run without a hash to see the list of supported hashes, eg
$ rclone hashsum
Supported hashes are:
* MD5
* SHA-1
* DropboxHash
* QuickXorHashThen
$ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:pathrclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for hashsumSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Generate public link to file/folder.
rclone link will create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
rclone link remote:path/to/file
rclone link remote:path/to/folder/If successful, the last line of the output will contain the link. Exact capabilities depend on the remote, but the link will always be created with the least constraints – e.g. no expiry, no password protection, accessible without account.
rclone link remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for linkSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
List all the remotes in the config file.
rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.
When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.
rclone listremotes [flags] -h, --help help for listremotes
--long Show the type as well as names.See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing
List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts. By default this will just be the names of the objects and directories, one per line. The directories will have a / suffix.
Eg
$ rclone lsf swift:bucket
bevajer5jef
canole
diwogej7
ferejej3gux/
fubuwicUse the –format option to control what gets listed. By default this is just the path, but you can use these parameters to control the output:
p - path
s - size
t - modification time
h - hash
i - ID of object
o - Original ID of underlying object
m - MimeType of object if known
e - encrypted name
T - tier of storage if known, eg "Hot" or "Cool"So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use –format “pst”, or maybe –format “tsp” to put the path last.
Eg
$ rclone lsf --format "tsp" swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41;60295;bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43;90613;canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43;94467;diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:50:45;0;ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40;37600;fubuwicIf you specify “h” in the format you will get the MD5 hash by default, use the “–hash” flag to change which hash you want. Note that this can be returned as an empty string if it isn’t available on the object (and for directories), “ERROR” if there was an error reading it from the object and “UNSUPPORTED” if that object does not support that hash type.
For example to emulate the md5sum command you can use
rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only .Eg
$ rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only swift:bucket
7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3 bevajer5jef
cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc canole
03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91 diwogej7
8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d fubuwic
99713e14a4c4ff553acaf1930fad985b gixacuh7ku(Though “rclone md5sum .” is an easier way of typing this.)
By default the separator is “;” this can be changed with the –separator flag. Note that separators aren’t escaped in the path so putting it last is a good strategy.
Eg
$ rclone lsf --separator "," --format "tshp" swift:bucket
2016-06-25 18:55:41,60295,7908e352297f0f530b84a756f188baa3,bevajer5jef
2016-06-25 18:55:43,90613,cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc,canole
2016-06-25 18:55:43,94467,03b5341b4f234b9d984d03ad076bae91,diwogej7
2018-04-26 08:52:53,0,,ferejej3gux/
2016-06-25 18:55:40,37600,8fd37c3810dd660778137ac3a66cc06d,fubuwicYou can output in CSV standard format. This will escape things in " if they contain ,
Eg
$ rclone lsf --csv --files-only --format ps remote:path
test.log,22355
test.sh,449
"this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6Note that the –absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files to pass to an rclone copy with the –files-from flag.
For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:pathAny of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
ls to list size and path of objects onlylsl to list modification time, size and path of objects onlylsd to list directories onlylsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse formatlsjson to list objects and directories in JSON formatls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone lsf remote:path [flags] --absolute Put a leading / in front of path names.
--csv Output in CSV format.
-d, --dir-slash Append a slash to directory names. (default true)
--dirs-only Only list directories.
--files-only Only list files.
-F, --format string Output format - see help for details (default "p")
--hash h Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default "MD5")
-h, --help help for lsf
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
-s, --separator string Separator for the items in the format. (default ";")See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this
{ “Hashes” : { “SHA-1” : “f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f”, “MD5” : “b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184”, “DropboxHash” : “ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc” }, “ID”: “y2djkhiujf83u33”, “OrigID”: “UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA”, “IsBucket” : false, “IsDir” : false, “MimeType” : “application/octet-stream”, “ModTime” : “2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00”, “Name” : “file.txt”, “Encrypted” : “v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “EncryptedPath” : “kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “Path” : “full/path/goes/here/file.txt”, “Size” : 6, “Tier” : “hot”, }
If –hash is not specified the Hashes property won’t be emitted.
If –no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank.
If –encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won’t be emitted.
If –dirs-only is not specified files in addition to directories are returned
If –files-only is not specified directories in addition to the files will be returned.
The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being listed. If “remote:path” contains the file “subfolder/file.txt”, the Path for “file.txt” will be “subfolder/file.txt”, not “remote:path/subfolder/file.txt”. When used without –recursive the Path will always be the same as Name.
If the directory is a bucket in a bucket based backend, then “IsBucket” will be set to true. This key won’t be present unless it is “true”.
The time is in RFC3339 format with up to nanosecond precision. The number of decimal digits in the seconds will depend on the precision that the remote can hold the times, so if times are accurate to the nearest millisecond (eg Google Drive) then 3 digits will always be shown (“2017-05-31T16:15:57.034+01:00”) whereas if the times are accurate to the nearest second (Dropbox, Box, WebDav etc) no digits will be shown (“2017-05-31T16:15:57+01:00”).
The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it can be processed line by line as each item is written one to a line.
Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
There are several related list commands
ls to list size and path of objects onlylsl to list modification time, size and path of objects onlylsd to list directories onlylsf to list objects and directories in easy to parse formatlsjson to list objects and directories in JSON formatls,lsl,lsd are designed to be human readable. lsf is designed to be human and machine readable. lsjson is designed to be machine readable.
Note that ls and lsl recurse by default - use “–max-depth 1” to stop the recursion.
The other list commands lsd,lsf,lsjson do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).
rclone lsjson remote:path [flags] --dirs-only Show only directories in the listing.
-M, --encrypted Show the encrypted names.
--files-only Show only files in the listing.
--hash Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
-h, --help help for lsjson
--no-modtime Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
--original Show the ID of the underlying Object.
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone’s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
First set up your remote using rclone config. Check it works with rclone ls etc.
Start the mount like this
rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mountOr on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter
rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically stopped.
The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy. When that happens, it is the user’s responsibility to stop the mount manually with
# Linux
fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
# OS X
umount /path/to/local/mountTo run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install WinFsp.
WinFsp is an open source Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with cgofuse. Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the implementation of rclone mount for Windows.
Note that drives created as Administrator are not visible by other accounts (including the account that was elevated as Administrator). So if you start a Windows drive from an Administrative Command Prompt and then try to access the same drive from Explorer (which does not run as Administrator), you will not be able to see the new drive.
The easiest way around this is to start the drive from a normal command prompt. It is also possible to start a drive from the SYSTEM account (using the WinFsp.Launcher infrastructure) which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or alternatively using the nssm service manager.
Without the use of “–vfs-cache-mode” this can only write files sequentially, it can only seek when reading. This means that many applications won’t work with their files on an rclone mount without “–vfs-cache-mode writes” or “–vfs-cache-mode full”. See the File Caching section for more info.
The bucket based remotes (eg Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2, Hubic) do not support the concept of empty directories, so empty directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of the directory cache.
Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage systems are a long way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy commands cope with this with lots of retries. However rclone mount can’t use retries in the same way without making local copies of the uploads. Look at the file caching for solutions to make mount more reliable.
You can use the flag –attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches the attributes (size, modification time etc) for directory entries.
The default is “1s” which caches files just long enough to avoid too many callbacks to rclone from the kernel.
In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can change outside the control of the kernel. However this causes quite a few problems such as rclone using too much memory, rclone not serving files to samba and excessive time listing directories.
The kernel can cache the info about a file for the time given by “–attr-timeout”. You may see corruption if the remote file changes length during this window. It will show up as either a truncated file or a file with garbage on the end. With “–attr-timeout 1s” this is very unlikely but not impossible. The higher you set “–attr-timeout” the more likely it is. The default setting of “1s” is the lowest setting which mitigates the problems above.
If you set it higher (‘10s’ or ‘1m’ say) then the kernel will call back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however there is more chance of the corruption issue above.
If files don’t change on the remote outside of the control of rclone then there is no chance of corruption.
This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the files to be visible in the mount.
When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible to use Type=notify. In this case the service will enter the started state after the mountpoint has been successfully set up. Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.
–vfs-read-chunk-size will enable reading the source objects in parts. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read at the cost of an increased number of requests.
When –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is also specified and greater than –vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled for each chunk read, until the specified value is reached. A value of -1 will disable the limit and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.
With –vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.
Chunked reading will only work with –vfs-cache-mode < full, as the file will always be copied to the vfs cache before opening with –vfs-cache-mode full.
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forgetOr individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dirThe --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to --vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags] --allow-non-empty Allow mounting over a non-empty directory.
--allow-other Allow access to other users.
--allow-root Allow access to root user.
--attr-timeout duration Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s)
--daemon Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
--daemon-timeout duration Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes).
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v.
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--fuse-flag stringArray Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for mount
--max-read-ahead SizeSuffix The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads. (default 128k)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
-o, --option stringArray Option for libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
--volname string Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes).
--write-back-cache Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Move file or directory from source to dest.
If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or directory named dest:path.
This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than their existing name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the move command.
So
rclone moveto src dstwhere src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.
This will:
if src is file
move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
if src is directory
move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
see move command for full detailsThis doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. src will be deleted on successful transfer.
Important: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the –dry-run flag.
Note: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags] -h, --help help for movetoSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a remote. It is most useful for answering the question - “What is using all my disk space?”.
To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and builds an in memory representation. rclone ncdu can be used during this scanning phase and you will see it building up the directory structure as it goes along.
Here are the keys - press ‘?’ to toggle the help on and off
↑,↓ or k,j to Move
→,l to enter
←,h to return
c toggle counts
g toggle graph
n,s,C sort by name,size,count
d delete file/directory
Y display current path
^L refresh screen
? to toggle help on and off
q/ESC/c-C to quitThis an homage to the ncdu tool but for rclone remotes. It is missing lots of features at the moment but is useful as it stands.
Note that it might take some time to delete big files/folders. The UI won’t respond in the meantime since the deletion is done synchronously.
rclone ncdu remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for ncduSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
rclone obscure password [flags] -h, --help help for obscureSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Run a command against a running rclone.
This runs a command against a running rclone. Use the –url flag to specify an non default URL to connect on. This can be either a “:port” which is taken to mean “http://localhost:port” or a “host:port” which is taken to mean “http://host:port”
A username and password can be passed in with –user and –pass.
Note that –rc-addr, –rc-user, –rc-pass will be read also for –url, –user, –pass.
Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.
The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.
The –json parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an input instead of key=value arguments. This is the only way of passing in more complicated values.
Use –loopback to connect to the rclone instance running “rclone rc”. This is very useful for testing commands without having to run an rclone rc server, eg:
rclone rc --loopback operations/about fs=/Use “rclone rc” to see a list of all possible commands.
rclone rc commands parameter [flags] -h, --help help for rc
--json string Input JSON - use instead of key=value args.
--loopback If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
--no-output If set don't output the JSON result.
--pass string Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
--url string URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")
--user string Username to use to rclone remote control.See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Copies standard input to file on remote.
rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a single remote file.
echo "hello world" | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/fileIf the remote file already exists, it will be overwritten.
rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is usually more efficient than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints, which use multiple requests. Exact behaviour depends on the remote. What is considered a small file may be set through --streaming-upload-cutoff. Uploading only starts after the cutoff is reached or if the file ends before that. The data must fit into RAM. The cutoff needs to be small enough to adhere the limits of your remote, please see there. Generally speaking, setting this cutoff too high will decrease your performance.
Note that the upload can also not be retried because the data is not kept around until the upload succeeds. If you need to transfer a lot of data, you’re better off caching locally and then rclone move it to the destination.
rclone rcat remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for rcatSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.
This runs rclone so that it only listens to remote control commands.
This is useful if you are controlling rclone via the rc API.
If you pass in a path to a directory, rclone will serve that directory for GET requests on the URL passed in. It will also open the URL in the browser when rclone is run.
See the rc documentation for more info on the rc flags.
rclone rcd <path to files to serve>* [flags] -h, --help help for rcdSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Remove empty directories under the path.
This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain empty directories) under the path that it finds, including the path if it has nothing in.
If you supply the –leave-root flag, it will not remove the root directory.
This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of empty directories in.
rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for rmdirs
--leave-root Do not remove root directory if emptySee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Serve a remote over a protocol.
rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This command requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, eg
rclone serve http remote:Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags] -h, --help help for serveSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Serve remote:path over DLNA
rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in a rclone remote. Many devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically discover this server in the LAN and play audio/video from it. VLC is also supported. Service discovery uses UDP multicast packets (SSDP) and will thus only work on LANs.
Rclone will list all files present in the remote, without filtering based on media formats or file extensions. Additionally, there is no media transcoding support. This means that some players might show files that they are not able to play back correctly.
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs.
Use –name to choose the friendly server name, which is by default “rclone (hostname)”.
Use –log-trace in conjunction with -vv to enable additional debug logging of all UPNP traffic.
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forgetOr individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dirThe --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to --vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags] --addr string ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to. (default ":7879")
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for dlna
--log-trace enable trace logging of SOAP traffic
--name string name of DLNA server
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Serve remote:path over FTP.
rclone serve ftp implements a basic ftp server to serve the remote over FTP protocol. This can be viewed with a ftp client or you can make a remote of type ftp to read and write it.
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forgetOr individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dirThe --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to --vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
For example the program might take this on STDIN
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}And return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be user@example.com and then set the host to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you’d probably want to restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don’t use pass. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.
rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags] --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2121")
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for ftp
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication. (empty value allow every password)
--passive-port string Passive port range to use. (default "30000-32000")
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--public-ip string Public IP address to advertise for passive connections.
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication. (default "anonymous")
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Serve the remote over HTTP.
rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote over HTTP. This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a remote of type http read from it.
You can use the filter flags (eg –include, –exclude) to control what is served.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.
–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.
Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUserThe password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use –realm to set the authentication realm.
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.
–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forgetOr individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dirThe --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to --vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
rclone serve http remote:path [flags] --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for http
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Serve the remote for restic’s REST API.
rclone serve restic implements restic’s REST backend API over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly.
Restic is a command line program for doing backups.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.
First set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider.
Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example “rclone lsd remote:”. You may have called the remote something other than “remote:” - just substitute whatever you called it in the following instructions.
Now start the rclone restic server
rclone serve restic -v remote:backupWhere you can replace “backup” in the above by whatever path in the remote you wish to use.
By default this will serve on “localhost:8080” you can change this with use of the “–addr” flag.
You might wish to start this server on boot.
Now you can follow the restic instructions on setting up restic.
Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with rclone.
For the example above you will want to use “http://localhost:8080/” as the URL for the REST server.
For example:
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/
$ export RESTIC_PASSWORD=yourpassword
$ restic init
created restic backend 8b1a4b56ae at rest:http://localhost:8080/
Please note that knowledge of your password is required to access
the repository. Losing your password means that your data is
irrecoverably lost.
$ restic backup /path/to/files/to/backup
scan [/path/to/files/to/backup]
scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00
[0:00] 100.00% 38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB 501 / 501 items 0 errors ETA 0:00
duration: 0:00
snapshot 45c8fdd8 savedNote that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories. Do this by adding a directory name or path after the URL. Note that these must end with /. Eg
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/
# backup user1 stuff
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
# backup user2 stuffThe “–private-repos” flag can be used to limit users to repositories starting with a path of “/
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.
–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.
Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUserThe password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use –realm to set the authentication realm.
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.
–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
rclone serve restic remote:path [flags] --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--append-only disallow deletion of repository data
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-h, --help help for restic
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--pass string Password for authentication.
--private-repos users can only access their private repo
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--stdio run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
--user string User name for authentication.See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Serve the remote over SFTP.
rclone serve sftp implements an SFTP server to serve the remote over SFTP. This can be used with an SFTP client or you can make a remote of type sftp to use with it.
You can use the filter flags (eg –include, –exclude) to control what is served.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.
You must provide some means of authentication, either with –user/–pass, an authorized keys file (specify location with –authorized-keys - the default is the same as ssh) or set the –no-auth flag for no authentication when logging in.
Note that this also implements a small number of shell commands so that it can provide md5sum/sha1sum/df information for the rclone sftp backend. This means that is can support SHA1SUMs, MD5SUMs and the about command when paired with the rclone sftp backend.
If you don’t supply a –key then rclone will generate one and cache it for later use.
By default the server binds to localhost:2022 - if you want it to be reachable externally then supply “–addr :2022” for example.
Note that the default of “–vfs-cache-mode off” is fine for the rclone sftp backend, but it may not be with other SFTP clients.
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forgetOr individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dirThe --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to --vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
For example the program might take this on STDIN
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}And return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be user@example.com and then set the host to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you’d probably want to restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don’t use pass. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.
rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags] --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2022")
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
--authorized-keys string Authorized keys file (default "~/.ssh/authorized_keys")
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for sftp
--key string SSH private key file (leave blank to auto generate)
--no-auth Allow connections with no authentication if set.
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Serve remote:path over webdav.
rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the remote over HTTP via the webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a webdav client, through a web browser, or you can make a remote of type webdav to read and write it.
This controls the ETag header. Without this flag the ETag will be based on the ModTime and Size of the object.
If this flag is set to “auto” then rclone will choose the first supported hash on the backend or you can use a named hash such as “MD5” or “SHA-1”.
Use “rclone hashsum” to see the full list.
Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.
If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.
–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.
–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
By default this will serve files without needing a login.
You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.
Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.
To create an htpasswd file:
touch htpasswd
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUserThe password file can be updated while rclone is running.
Use –realm to set the authentication realm.
By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.
–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.
Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:
kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:
rclone rc vfs/forgetOr individual files or directories:
rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dirThe --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.
Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.
This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to --buffer-size * open files.
These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.
You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.
Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size int Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)If run with -vv rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with --cache-dir or setting the appropriate environment variable.
The cache has 4 different modes selected by --vfs-cache-mode. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.
Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.
If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.
In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
This will mean some operations are not possible
This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.
These operations are not possible
In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.
In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to --vfs-cache-max-age.
This mode should support all normal file system operations.
If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.
If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.
This config generated must have this extra parameter - _root - root to use for the backend
And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
For example the program might take this on STDIN
{
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword"
}And return this on STDOUT
{
"type": "sftp",
"_root": "",
"_obscure": "pass",
"user": "me",
"pass": "mypassword",
"host": "sftp.example.com"
}This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the user and pass returned in the output to the host given. Note that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be user@example.com and then set the host to example.com in the output and the user to user. For security you’d probably want to restrict the host to a limited list.
Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for configuration, don’t use pass. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.
rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags] --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
--auth-proxy string A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
--baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--disable-dir-list Disable HTML directory list on GET request for a directory
--etag-hash string Which hash to use for the ETag, or auto or blank for off
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
-h, --help help for webdav
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
--key string SSL PEM Private key
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
--pass string Password for authentication.
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only.
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
--user string User name for authentication.
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
--vfs-cache-max-size SizeSuffix Max total size of objects in the cache. (default off)
--vfs-cache-mode CacheMode Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default off)
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
--vfs-case-insensitive If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
--vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
--vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.
rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported. Few cloud storage services provides different storage classes on objects, for example AWS S3 and Glacier, Azure Blob storage - Hot, Cool and Archive, Google Cloud Storage, Regional Storage, Nearline, Coldline etc.
Note that, certain tier changes make objects not available to access immediately. For example tiering to archive in azure blob storage makes objects in frozen state, user can restore by setting tier to Hot/Cool, similarly S3 to Glacier makes object inaccessible.true
You can use it to tier single object
rclone settier Cool remote:path/fileOr use rclone filters to set tier on only specific files
rclone --include "*.txt" settier Hot remote:path/dirOr just provide remote directory and all files in directory will be tiered
rclone settier tier remote:path/dirrclone settier tier remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for settierSee the global flags page for global options not listed here.
Create new file or change file modification time.
Create new file or change file modification time.
rclone touch remote:path [flags] -h, --help help for touch
-C, --no-create Do not create the file if it does not exist.
-t, --timestamp string Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form 'YYMMDD' (ex. 17.10.30) or 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the unix tree command.
For example
$ rclone tree remote:path
/
├── file1
├── file2
├── file3
└── subdir
├── file4
└── file5
1 directories, 5 filesYou can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (eg –include and –exclude). You can also use –fast-list.
The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which are compatible with the tree command. Note that not all of them have short options as they conflict with rclone’s short options.
rclone tree remote:path [flags] -a, --all All files are listed (list . files too).
-C, --color Turn colorization on always.
-d, --dirs-only List directories only.
--dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables).
--full-path Print the full path prefix for each file.
-h, --help help for tree
--human Print the size in a more human readable way.
--level int Descend only level directories deep.
-D, --modtime Print the date of last modification.
-i, --noindent Don't print indentation lines.
--noreport Turn off file/directory count at end of tree listing.
-o, --output string Output to file instead of stdout.
-p, --protections Print the protections for each file.
-Q, --quote Quote filenames with double quotes.
-s, --size Print the size in bytes of each file.
--sort string Select sort: name,version,size,mtime,ctime.
--sort-ctime Sort files by last status change time.
-t, --sort-modtime Sort files by last modification time.
-r, --sort-reverse Reverse the order of the sort.
-U, --unsorted Leave files unsorted.
--version Sort files alphanumerically by version.See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
rclone normally syncs or copies directories. However, if the source remote points to a file, rclone will just copy that file. The destination remote must point to a directory - rclone will give the error Failed to create file system for "remote:file": is a file not a directory if it isn’t.
For example, suppose you have a remote with a file in called test.jpg, then you could copy just that file like this
rclone copy remote:test.jpg /tmp/downloadThe file test.jpg will be placed inside /tmp/download.
This is equivalent to specifying
rclone copy --files-from /tmp/files remote: /tmp/downloadWhere /tmp/files contains the single line
test.jpgIt is recommended to use copy when copying individual files, not sync. They have pretty much the same effect but copy will use a lot less memory.
The syntax of the paths passed to the rclone command are as follows.
This refers to the local file system.
On Windows only \ may be used instead of / in local paths only, non local paths must use /.
These paths needn’t start with a leading / - if they don’t then they will be relative to the current directory.
This refers to a directory path/to/dir on remote: as defined in the config file (configured with rclone config).
On most backends this is refers to the same directory as remote:path/to/dir and that format should be preferred. On a very small number of remotes (FTP, SFTP, Dropbox for business) this will refer to a different directory. On these, paths without a leading / will refer to your “home” directory and paths with a leading / will refer to the root.
This is an advanced form for creating remotes on the fly. backend should be the name or prefix of a backend (the type in the config file) and all the configuration for the backend should be provided on the command line (or in environment variables).
Here are some examples:
rclone lsd --http-url https://pub.rclone.org :http:To list all the directories in the root of https://pub.rclone.org/.
rclone lsf --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dirTo list files and directories in https://example.com/path/to/dir/
rclone copy --http-url https://example.com :http:path/to/dir /tmp/dirTo copy files and directories in https://example.com/path/to/dir to /tmp/dir.
rclone copy --sftp-host example.com :sftp:path/to/dir /tmp/dirTo copy files and directories from example.com in the relative directory path/to/dir to /tmp/dir using sftp.
When you are typing commands to your computer you are using something called the command line shell. This interprets various characters in an OS specific way.
Here are some gotchas which may help users unfamiliar with the shell rules
If your names have spaces or shell metacharacters (eg *, ?, $, ', " etc) then you must quote them. Use single quotes ' by default.
rclone copy 'Important files?' remote:backupIf you want to send a ' you will need to use ", eg
rclone copy "O'Reilly Reviews" remote:backupThe rules for quoting metacharacters are complicated and if you want the full details you’ll have to consult the manual page for your shell.
If your names have spaces in you need to put them in ", eg
rclone copy "E:\folder name\folder name\folder name" remote:backupIf you are using the root directory on its own then don’t quote it (see #464 for why), eg
rclone copy E:\ remote:backup: in the namesrclone uses : to mark a remote name. This is, however, a valid filename component in non-Windows OSes. The remote name parser will only search for a : up to the first / so if you need to act on a file or directory like this then use the full path starting with a /, or use ./ as a current directory prefix.
So to sync a directory called sync:me to a remote called remote: use
rclone sync ./sync:me remote:pathor
rclone sync /full/path/to/sync:me remote:pathMost remotes (but not all - see the overview) support server side copy.
This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone won’t download all the files and re-upload them; it will instruct the server to copy them in place.
Eg
rclone copy s3:oldbucket s3:newbucketWill copy the contents of oldbucket to newbucket without downloading and re-uploading.
Remotes which don’t support server side copy will download and re-upload in this case.
Server side copies are used with sync and copy and will be identified in the log when using the -v flag. The move command may also use them if remote doesn’t support server side move directly. This is done by issuing a server side copy then a delete which is much quicker than a download and re-upload.
Server side copies will only be attempted if the remote names are the same.
This can be used when scripting to make aged backups efficiently, eg
rclone sync remote:current-backup remote:previous-backup
rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backupRclone has a number of options to control its behaviour.
Options that take parameters can have the values passed in two ways, --option=value or --option value. However boolean (true/false) options behave slightly differently to the other options in that --boolean sets the option to true and the absence of the flag sets it to false. It is also possible to specify --boolean=false or --boolean=true. Note that --boolean false is not valid - this is parsed as --boolean and the false is parsed as an extra command line argument for rclone.
Options which use TIME use the go time parser. A duration string is a possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as “300ms”, “-1.5h” or “2h45m”. Valid time units are “ns”, “us” (or “µs”), “ms”, “s”, “m”, “h”.
Options which use SIZE use kByte by default. However, a suffix of b for bytes, k for kBytes, M for MBytes, G for GBytes, T for TBytes and P for PBytes may be used. These are the binary units, eg 1, 2**10, 2**20, 2**30 respectively.
When using sync, copy or move any files which would have been overwritten or deleted are moved in their original hierarchy into this directory.
If --suffix is set, then the moved files will have the suffix added to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added) in DIR, then it will be overwritten.
The remote in use must support server side move or copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The backup directory must not overlap the destination directory.
For example
rclone sync /path/to/local remote:current --backup-dir remote:oldwill sync /path/to/local to remote:current, but for any files which would have been updated or deleted will be stored in remote:old.
If running rclone from a script you might want to use today’s date as the directory name passed to --backup-dir to store the old files, or you might want to pass --suffix with today’s date.
See --compare-dest and --copy-dest.
Local address to bind to for outgoing connections. This can be an IPv4 address (1.2.3.4), an IPv6 address (1234::789A) or host name. If the host name doesn’t resolve or resolves to more than one IP address it will give an error.
This option controls the bandwidth limit. Limits can be specified in two ways: As a single limit, or as a timetable.
Single limits last for the duration of the session. To use a single limit, specify the desired bandwidth in kBytes/s, or use a suffix b|k|M|G. The default is 0 which means to not limit bandwidth.
For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use --bwlimit 10M
It is also possible to specify a “timetable” of limits, which will cause certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your entries as “WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH…” where: WEEKDAY is optional element. It could be written as whole world or only using 3 first characters. HH:MM is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during daytime working hours could be:
--bwlimit "08:00,512 12:00,10M 13:00,512 18:00,30M 23:00,off"
In this example, the transfer bandwidth will be every day set to 512kBytes/sec at 8am. At noon, it will raise to 10Mbytes/s, and drop back to 512kBytes/sec at 1pm. At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30MBytes/s, and at 11pm it will be completely disabled (full speed). Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain unlimited.
An example of timetable with WEEKDAY could be:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 Fri-23:59,10M Sat-10:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
It mean that, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512kBytes/sec on Monday. It will raise to 10Mbytes/s before the end of Friday. At 10:00 on Sunday it will be set to 1Mbyte/s. From 20:00 at Sunday will be unlimited.
Timeslots without weekday are extended to whole week. So this one example:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
Is equal to this:
--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512Mon-12:00,1M Tue-12:00,1M Wed-12:00,1M Thu-12:00,1M Fri-12:00,1M Sat-12:00,1M Sun-12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"
Bandwidth limits only apply to the data transfer. They don’t apply to the bandwidth of the directory listings etc.
Note that the units are Bytes/s, not Bits/s. Typically connections are measured in Bits/s - to convert divide by 8. For example, let’s say you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish rclone to use half of it - 5 Mbit/s. This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a --bwlimit 0.625M parameter for rclone.
On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by sending a SIGUSR2 signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to the value specified with --bwlimit quickly when needed. Assuming there is only one rclone instance running, you can toggle the limiter like this:
kill -SIGUSR2 $(pidof rclone)If you configure rclone with a remote control then you can use change the bwlimit dynamically:
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1MUse this sized buffer to speed up file transfers. Each --transfer will use this much memory for buffering.
When using mount or cmount each open file descriptor will use this much memory for buffering. See the mount documentation for more details.
Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.
Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the –use-mmap flag.
The number of checkers to run in parallel. Checkers do the equality checking of files during a sync. For some storage systems (eg S3, Swift, Dropbox) this can take a significant amount of time so they are run in parallel.
The default is to run 8 checkers in parallel.
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check the file hash and size to determine if files are equal.
This is useful when the remote doesn’t support setting modified time and a more accurate sync is desired than just checking the file size.
This is very useful when transferring between remotes which store the same hash type on the object, eg Drive and Swift. For details of which remotes support which hash type see the table in the overview section.
Eg rclone --checksum sync s3:/bucket swift:/bucket would run much quicker than without the --checksum flag.
When using this flag, rclone won’t update mtimes of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.
When using sync, copy or move DIR is checked in addition to the destination for files. If a file identical to the source is found that file is NOT copied from source. This is useful to copy just files that have changed since the last backup.
You must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The compare directory must not overlap the destination directory.
See --copy-dest and --backup-dir.
Specify the location of the rclone config file.
Normally the config file is in your home directory as a file called .config/rclone/rclone.conf (or .rclone.conf if created with an older version). If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is set it will be at $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/rclone/rclone.conf.
If there is a file rclone.conf in the same directory as the rclone executable it will be preferred. This file must be created manually for Rclone to use it, it will never be created automatically.
If you run rclone config file you will see where the default location is for you.
Use this flag to override the config location, eg rclone --config=".myconfig" .config.
Set the connection timeout. This should be in go time format which looks like 5s for 5 seconds, 10m for 10 minutes, or 3h30m.
The connection timeout is the amount of time rclone will wait for a connection to go through to a remote object storage system. It is 1m by default.
When using sync, copy or move DIR is checked in addition to the destination for files. If a file identical to the source is found that file is server side copied from DIR to the destination. This is useful for incremental backup.
The remote in use must support server side copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The compare directory must not overlap the destination directory.
See --compare-dest and --backup-dir.
Mode to run dedupe command in. One of interactive, skip, first, newest, oldest, rename. The default is interactive. See the dedupe command for more information as to what these options mean.
This disables a comma separated list of optional features. For example to disable server side move and server side copy use:
--disable move,copyThe features can be put in in any case.
To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
--disable helpSee the overview features and optional features to get an idea of which feature does what.
This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances (eg Google Drive limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to 100GB/day).
Do a trial run with no permanent changes. Use this to see what rclone would do without actually doing it. Useful when setting up the sync command which deletes files in the destination.
Using this option will cause rclone to ignore the case of the files when synchronizing so files will not be copied/synced when the existing filenames are the same, even if the casing is different.
Normally rclone will check that the checksums of transferred files match, and give an error “corrupted on transfer” if they don’t.
You can use this option to skip that check. You should only use it if you have had the “corrupted on transfer” error message and you are sure you might want to transfer potentially corrupted data.
Using this option will make rclone unconditionally skip all files that exist on the destination, no matter the content of these files.
While this isn’t a generally recommended option, it can be useful in cases where your files change due to encryption. However, it cannot correct partial transfers in case a transfer was interrupted.
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the modification time. If --checksum is set then it only checks the checksum.
It will also cause rclone to skip verifying the sizes are the same after transfer.
This can be useful for transferring files to and from OneDrive which occasionally misreports the size of image files (see #399 for more info).
Using this option will cause rclone to unconditionally upload all files regardless of the state of files on the destination.
Normally rclone would skip any files that have the same modification time and are the same size (or have the same checksum if using --checksum).
Treat source and destination files as immutable and disallow modification.
With this option set, files will be created and deleted as requested, but existing files will never be updated. If an existing file does not match between the source and destination, rclone will give the error Source and destination exist but do not match: immutable file modified.
Note that only commands which transfer files (e.g. sync, copy, move) are affected by this behavior, and only modification is disallowed. Files may still be deleted explicitly (e.g. delete, purge) or implicitly (e.g. sync, move). Use copy --immutable if it is desired to avoid deletion as well as modification.
This can be useful as an additional layer of protection for immutable or append-only data sets (notably backup archives), where modification implies corruption and should not be propagated.
During rmdirs it will not remove root directory, even if it’s empty.
Log all of rclone’s output to FILE. This is not active by default. This can be useful for tracking down problems with syncs in combination with the -v flag. See the Logging section for more info.
Note that if you are using the logrotate program to manage rclone’s logs, then you should use the copytruncate option as rclone doesn’t have a signal to rotate logs.
Comma separated list of log format options. date, time, microseconds, longfile, shortfile, UTC. The default is “date,time”.
This sets the log level for rclone. The default log level is NOTICE.
DEBUG is equivalent to -vv. It outputs lots of debug info - useful for bug reports and really finding out what rclone is doing.
INFO is equivalent to -v. It outputs information about each transfer and prints stats once a minute by default.
NOTICE is the default log level if no logging flags are supplied. It outputs very little when things are working normally. It outputs warnings and significant events.
ERROR is equivalent to -q. It only outputs error messages.
This switches the log format to JSON for rclone. The fields of json log are level, msg, source, time.
This controls the number of low level retries rclone does.
A low level retry is used to retry a failing operation - typically one HTTP request. This might be uploading a chunk of a big file for example. You will see low level retries in the log with the -v flag.
This shouldn’t need to be changed from the default in normal operations. However, if you get a lot of low level retries you may wish to reduce the value so rclone moves on to a high level retry (see the --retries flag) quicker.
Disable low level retries with --low-level-retries 1.
This is the maximum allowable backlog of files in a sync/copy/move queued for being checked or transferred.
This can be set arbitrarily large. It will only use memory when the queue is in use. Note that it will use in the order of N kB of memory when the backlog is in use.
Setting this large allows rclone to calculate how many files are pending more accurately and give a more accurate estimated finish time.
Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings of the remote which may be desirable.
This tells rclone not to delete more than N files. If that limit is exceeded then a fatal error will be generated and rclone will stop the operation in progress.
This modifies the recursion depth for all the commands except purge.
So if you do rclone --max-depth 1 ls remote:path you will see only the files in the top level directory. Using --max-depth 2 means you will see all the files in first two directory levels and so on.
For historical reasons the lsd command defaults to using a --max-depth of 1 - you can override this with the command line flag.
You can use this command to disable recursion (with --max-depth 1).
Note that if you use this with sync and --delete-excluded the files not recursed through are considered excluded and will be deleted on the destination. Test first with --dry-run if you are not sure what will happen.
Rclone will stop transferring when it has reached the size specified. Defaults to off.
When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.
When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum allowed time difference that a file can have and still be considered equivalent.
The default is 1ns unless this is overridden by a remote. For example OS X only stores modification times to the nearest second so if you are reading and writing to an OS X filing system this will be 1s by default.
This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.
When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone will use multiple threads to download the file. (default 250M)
Rclone preallocates the file (using fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE) on unix or NTSetInformationFile on Windows both of which takes no time) then each thread writes directly into the file at the correct place. This means that rclone won’t create fragmented or sparse files and there won’t be any assembly time at the end of the transfer.
The number of threads used to dowload is controlled by --multi-thread-streams.
Use -vv if you wish to see info about the threads.
This will work with the sync/copy/move commands and friends copyto/moveto. Multi thread downloads will be used with rclone mount and rclone serve if --vfs-cache-mode is set to writes or above.
NB that this only works for a local destination but will work with any source.
NB that multi thread copies are disabled for local to local copies as they are faster without unless --multi-thread-streams is set explicitly.
When using multi thread downloads (see above --multi-thread-cutoff) this sets the maximum number of streams to use. Set to 0 to disable multi thread downloads. (Default 4)
Exactly how many streams rclone uses for the download depends on the size of the file. To calculate the number of download streams Rclone divides the size of the file by the --multi-thread-cutoff and rounds up, up to the maximum set with --multi-thread-streams.
So if --multi-thread-cutoff 250MB and --multi-thread-streams 4 are in effect (the defaults):
Don’t set Accept-Encoding: gzip. This means that rclone won’t ask the server for compressed files automatically. Useful if you’ve set the server to return files with Content-Encoding: gzip but you uploaded compressed files.
There is no need to set this in normal operation, and doing so will decrease the network transfer efficiency of rclone.
The --no-traverse flag controls whether the destination file system is traversed when using the copy or move commands. --no-traverse is not compatible with sync and will be ignored if you supply it with sync.
If you are only copying a small number of files (or are filtering most of the files) and/or have a large number of files on the destination then --no-traverse will stop rclone listing the destination and save time.
However, if you are copying a large number of files, especially if you are doing a copy where lots of the files under consideration haven’t changed and won’t need copying then you shouldn’t use --no-traverse.
See rclone copy for an example of how to use it.
When using this flag, rclone won’t update modification times of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.
This can be used if the remote is being synced with another tool also (eg the Google Drive client).
This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the terminal providing a realtime overview of the transfer.
Any log messages will scroll above the static block. Log messages will push the static block down to the bottom of the terminal where it will stay.
Normally this is updated every 500mS but this period can be overridden with the --stats flag.
This can be used with the --stats-one-line flag for a simpler display.
Note: On Windows untilthis bug is fixed all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with . when --progress is in use.
Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message. If you set this flag it will make as little output as possible.
Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).
Some remotes can be unreliable and a few retries help pick up the files which didn’t get transferred because of errors.
Disable retries with --retries 1.
This sets the interval between each retry specified by --retries
The default is 0. Use 0 to disable.
Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the size.
This can be useful transferring files from Dropbox which have been modified by the desktop sync client which doesn’t set checksums of modification times in the same way as rclone.
Commands which transfer data (sync, copy, copyto, move, moveto) will print data transfer stats at regular intervals to show their progress.
This sets the interval.
The default is 1m. Use 0 to disable.
If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats. This can be useful when running other commands, check or mount for example.
Stats are logged at INFO level by default which means they won’t show at default log level NOTICE. Use --stats-log-level NOTICE or -v to make them show. See the Logging section for more info on log levels.
Note that on macOS you can send a SIGINFO (which is normally ctrl-T in the terminal) to make the stats print immediately.
By default, the --stats output will truncate file names and paths longer than 40 characters. This is equivalent to providing --stats-file-name-length 40. Use --stats-file-name-length 0 to disable any truncation of file names printed by stats.
Log level to show --stats output at. This can be DEBUG, INFO, NOTICE, or ERROR. The default is INFO. This means at the default level of logging which is NOTICE the stats won’t show - if you want them to then use --stats-log-level NOTICE. See the Logging section for more info on log levels.
When this is specified, rclone condenses the stats into a single line showing the most important stats only.
When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and prepends the display with a date string. The default is 2006/01/02 15:04:05 -
When this is specified, rclone enables the single-line stats and prepends the display with a user-supplied date string. The date string MUST be enclosed in quotes. Follow golang specs for date formatting syntax.
By default, data transfer rates will be printed in bytes/second.
This option allows the data rate to be printed in bits/second.
Data transfer volume will still be reported in bytes.
The rate is reported as a binary unit, not SI unit. So 1 Mbit/s equals 1,048,576 bits/s and not 1,000,000 bits/s.
The default is bytes.
When using sync, copy or move any files which would have been overwritten or deleted will have the suffix added to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added), then it will be overwritten.
The remote in use must support server side move or copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync.
This is for use with files to add the suffix in the current directory or with --backup-dir. See --backup-dir for more info.
For example
rclone sync /path/to/local/file remote:current --suffix .bakwill sync /path/to/local to remote:current, but for any files which would have been updated or deleted have .bak added.
When using --suffix, setting this causes rclone put the SUFFIX before the extension of the files that it backs up rather than after.
So let’s say we had --suffix -2019-01-01, without the flag file.txt would be backed up to file.txt-2019-01-01 and with the flag it would be backed up to file-2019-01-01.txt. This can be helpful to make sure the suffixed files can still be opened.
On capable OSes (not Windows or Plan9) send all log output to syslog.
This can be useful for running rclone in a script or rclone mount.
If using --syslog this sets the syslog facility (eg KERN, USER). See man syslog for a list of possible facilities. The default facility is DAEMON.
Limit HTTP transactions per second to this. Default is 0 which is used to mean unlimited transactions per second.
For example to limit rclone to 10 HTTP transactions per second use --tpslimit 10, or to 1 transaction every 2 seconds use --tpslimit 0.5.
Use this when the number of transactions per second from rclone is causing a problem with the cloud storage provider (eg getting you banned or rate limited).
This can be very useful for rclone mount to control the behaviour of applications using it.
See also --tpslimit-burst.
Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
Normally --tpslimit will do exactly the number of transaction per second specified. However if you supply --tps-burst then rclone can save up some transactions from when it was idle giving a burst of up to the parameter supplied.
For example if you provide --tpslimit-burst 10 then if rclone has been idle for more than 10*--tpslimit then it can do 10 transactions very quickly before they are limited again.
This may be used to increase performance of --tpslimit without changing the long term average number of transactions per second.
By default, rclone doesn’t keep track of renamed files, so if you rename a file locally then sync it to a remote, rclone will delete the old file on the remote and upload a new copy.
If you use this flag, and the remote supports server side copy or server side move, and the source and destination have a compatible hash, then this will track renames during sync operations and perform renaming server-side.
Files will be matched by size and hash - if both match then a rename will be considered.
If the destination does not support server-side copy or move, rclone will fall back to the default behaviour and log an error level message to the console. Note: Encrypted destinations are not supported by --track-renames.
Note that --track-renames is incompatible with --no-traverse and that it uses extra memory to keep track of all the rename candidates.
Note also that --track-renames is incompatible with --delete-before and will select --delete-after instead of --delete-during.
This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are deleted when you sync folders.
Specifying the value --delete-before will delete all files present on the destination, but not on the source before starting the transfer of any new or updated files. This uses two passes through the file systems, one for the deletions and one for the copies.
Specifying --delete-during will delete files while checking and uploading files. This is the fastest option and uses the least memory.
Specifying --delete-after (the default value) will delay deletion of files until all new/updated files have been successfully transferred. The files to be deleted are collected in the copy pass then deleted after the copy pass has completed successfully. The files to be deleted are held in memory so this mode may use more memory. This is the safest mode as it will only delete files if there have been no errors subsequent to that. If there have been errors before the deletions start then you will get the message not deleting files as there were IO errors.
When doing anything which involves a directory listing (eg sync, copy, ls - in fact nearly every command), rclone normally lists a directory and processes it before using more directory lists to process any subdirectories. This can be parallelised and works very quickly using the least amount of memory.
However, some remotes have a way of listing all files beneath a directory in one (or a small number) of transactions. These tend to be the bucket based remotes (eg S3, B2, GCS, Swift, Hubic).
If you use the --fast-list flag then rclone will use this method for listing directories. This will have the following consequences for the listing:
rclone should always give identical results with and without --fast-list.
If you pay for transactions and can fit your entire sync listing into memory then --fast-list is recommended. If you have a very big sync to do then don’t use --fast-list otherwise you will run out of memory.
If you use --fast-list on a remote which doesn’t support it, then rclone will just ignore it.
This sets the IO idle timeout. If a transfer has started but then becomes idle for this long it is considered broken and disconnected.
The default is 5m. Set to 0 to disable.
The number of file transfers to run in parallel. It can sometimes be useful to set this to a smaller number if the remote is giving a lot of timeouts or bigger if you have lots of bandwidth and a fast remote.
The default is to run 4 file transfers in parallel.
This forces rclone to skip any files which exist on the destination and have a modified time that is newer than the source file.
This can be useful when transferring to a remote which doesn’t support mod times directly (or when using --use-server-modtime to avoid extra API calls) as it is more accurate than a --size-only check and faster than using --checksum.
If an existing destination file has a modification time equal (within the computed modify window precision) to the source file’s, it will be updated if the sizes are different. If --checksum is set then rclone will update the destination if the checksums differ too.
If an existing destination file is older than the source file then it will be updated if the size or checksum differs from the source file.
On remotes which don’t support mod time directly (or when using --use-server-modtime) the time checked will be the uploaded time. This means that if uploading to one of these remotes, rclone will skip any files which exist on the destination and have an uploaded time that is newer than the modification time of the source file.
If this flag is set then rclone will use anonymous memory allocated by mmap on Unix based platforms and VirtualAlloc on Windows for its transfer buffers (size controlled by --buffer-size). Memory allocated like this does not go on the Go heap and can be returned to the OS immediately when it is finished with.
If this flag is not set then rclone will allocate and free the buffers using the Go memory allocator which may use more memory as memory pages are returned less aggressively to the OS.
It is possible this does not work well on all platforms so it is disabled by default; in the future it may be enabled by default.
Some object-store backends (e.g, Swift, S3) do not preserve file modification times (modtime). On these backends, rclone stores the original modtime as additional metadata on the object. By default it will make an API call to retrieve the metadata when the modtime is needed by an operation.
Use this flag to disable the extra API call and rely instead on the server’s modified time. In cases such as a local to remote sync using --update, knowing the local file is newer than the time it was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient. In those cases, this flag can speed up the process and reduce the number of API calls necessary.
Using this flag on a sync operation without also using --update would cause all files modified at any time other than the last upload time to be uploaded again, which is probably not what you want.
With -v rclone will tell you about each file that is transferred and a small number of significant events.
With -vv rclone will become very verbose telling you about every file it considers and transfers. Please send bug reports with a log with this setting.
Prints the version number
The outoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with these options. For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or WebDAV backends. Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of configuration for SSL/TLS which you can find in their documentation.
This loads the PEM encoded certificate authority certificate and uses it to verify the certificates of the servers rclone connects to.
If you have generated certificates signed with a local CA then you will need this flag to connect to servers using those certificates.
This loads the PEM encoded client side certificate.
This is used for mutual TLS authentication.
The --client-key flag is required too when using this.
This loads the PEM encoded client side private key used for mutual TLS authentication. Used in conjunction with --client-cert.
--no-check-certificate controls whether a client verifies the server’s certificate chain and host name. If --no-check-certificate is true, TLS accepts any certificate presented by the server and any host name in that certificate. In this mode, TLS is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks.
This option defaults to false.
This should be used only for testing.
Your configuration file contains information for logging in to your cloud services. This means that you should keep your .rclone.conf file in a secure location.
If you are in an environment where that isn’t possible, you can add a password to your configuration. This means that you will have to enter the password every time you start rclone.
To add a password to your rclone configuration, execute rclone config.
>rclone config
Current remotes:
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/s/q>Go into s, Set configuration password:
e/n/d/s/q> s
Your configuration is not encrypted.
If you add a password, you will protect your login information to cloud services.
a) Add Password
q) Quit to main menu
a/q> a
Enter NEW configuration password:
password:
Confirm NEW password:
password:
Password set
Your configuration is encrypted.
c) Change Password
u) Unencrypt configuration
q) Quit to main menu
c/u/q>Your configuration is now encrypted, and every time you start rclone you will now be asked for the password. In the same menu, you can change the password or completely remove encryption from your configuration.
There is no way to recover the configuration if you lose your password.
rclone uses nacl secretbox which in turn uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate your configuration with secret-key cryptography. The password is SHA-256 hashed, which produces the key for secretbox. The hashed password is not stored.
While this provides very good security, we do not recommend storing your encrypted rclone configuration in public if it contains sensitive information, maybe except if you use a very strong password.
If it is safe in your environment, you can set the RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS environment variable to contain your password, in which case it will be used for decrypting the configuration.
You can set this for a session from a script. For unix like systems save this to a file called set-rclone-password:
#!/bin/echo Source this file don't run it
read -s RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASSThen source the file when you want to use it. From the shell you would do source set-rclone-password. It will then ask you for the password and set it in the environment variable.
If you are running rclone inside a script, you might want to disable password prompts. To do that, pass the parameter --ask-password=false to rclone. This will make rclone fail instead of asking for a password if RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS doesn’t contain a valid password.
These options are useful when developing or debugging rclone. There are also some more remote specific options which aren’t documented here which are used for testing. These start with remote name eg --drive-test-option - see the docs for the remote in question.
Write CPU profile to file. This can be analysed with go tool pprof.
The --dump flag takes a comma separated list of flags to dump info about. These are:
Dump HTTP headers with Authorization: lines removed. May still contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.
Use --dump auth if you do want the Authorization: headers.
Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.
Note that the bodies are buffered in memory so don’t use this for enormous files.
Like --dump bodies but dumps the request bodies and the response headers. Useful for debugging download problems.
Like --dump bodies but dumps the response bodies and the request headers. Useful for debugging upload problems.
Dump HTTP headers - will contain sensitive info such as Authorization: headers - use --dump headers to dump without Authorization: headers. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.
Dump the filters to the output. Useful to see exactly what include and exclude options are filtering on.
This dumps a list of the running go-routines at the end of the command to standard output.
This dumps a list of the open files at the end of the command. It uses the lsof command to do that so you’ll need that installed to use it.
Write memory profile to file. This can be analysed with go tool pprof.
For the filtering options
--delete-excluded--filter--filter-from--exclude--exclude-from--include--include-from--files-from--min-size--max-size--min-age--max-age--dump filtersSee the filtering section.
For the remote control options and for instructions on how to remote control rclone
--rc--rc-See the remote control section.
rclone has 4 levels of logging, ERROR, NOTICE, INFO and DEBUG.
By default, rclone logs to standard error. This means you can redirect standard error and still see the normal output of rclone commands (eg rclone ls).
By default, rclone will produce Error and Notice level messages.
If you use the -q flag, rclone will only produce Error messages.
If you use the -v flag, rclone will produce Error, Notice and Info messages.
If you use the -vv flag, rclone will produce Error, Notice, Info and Debug messages.
You can also control the log levels with the --log-level flag.
If you use the --log-file=FILE option, rclone will redirect Error, Info and Debug messages along with standard error to FILE.
If you use the --syslog flag then rclone will log to syslog and the --syslog-facility control which facility it uses.
Rclone prefixes all log messages with their level in capitals, eg INFO which makes it easy to grep the log file for different kinds of information.
If any errors occur during the command execution, rclone will exit with a non-zero exit code. This allows scripts to detect when rclone operations have failed.
During the startup phase, rclone will exit immediately if an error is detected in the configuration. There will always be a log message immediately before exiting.
When rclone is running it will accumulate errors as it goes along, and only exit with a non-zero exit code if (after retries) there were still failed transfers. For every error counted there will be a high priority log message (visible with -q) showing the message and which file caused the problem. A high priority message is also shown when starting a retry so the user can see that any previous error messages may not be valid after the retry. If rclone has done a retry it will log a high priority message if the retry was successful.
0 - success1 - Syntax or usage error2 - Error not otherwise categorised3 - Directory not found4 - File not found5 - Temporary error (one that more retries might fix) (Retry errors)6 - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox) (NoRetry errors)7 - Fatal error (one that more retries won’t fix, like account suspended) (Fatal errors)8 - Transfer exceeded - limit set by –max-transfer reachedRclone can be configured entirely using environment variables. These can be used to set defaults for options or config file entries.
Every option in rclone can have its default set by environment variable.
To find the name of the environment variable, first, take the long option name, strip the leading --, change - to _, make upper case and prepend RCLONE_.
For example, to always set --stats 5s, set the environment variable RCLONE_STATS=5s. If you set stats on the command line this will override the environment variable setting.
Or to always use the trash in drive --drive-use-trash, set RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH=true.
The same parser is used for the options and the environment variables so they take exactly the same form.
You can set defaults for values in the config file on an individual remote basis. If you want to use this feature, you will need to discover the name of the config items that you want. The easiest way is to run through rclone config by hand, then look in the config file to see what the values are (the config file can be found by looking at the help for --config in rclone help).
To find the name of the environment variable, you need to set, take RCLONE_CONFIG_ + name of remote + _ + name of config file option and make it all uppercase.
For example, to configure an S3 remote named mys3: without a config file (using unix ways of setting environment variables):
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_TYPE=s3
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_ACCESS_KEY_ID=XXX
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=XXX
$ rclone lsd MYS3:
-1 2016-09-21 12:54:21 -1 my-bucket
$ rclone listremotes | grep mys3
mys3:Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables you must create the ..._TYPE variable as above.
Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an Internet connected web browser.
If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no browser available on it (eg a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then you will need to use an alternative means of configuration. There are two ways of doing it, described below.
On the headless box
...
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
Execute the following on your machine:
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
Then paste the result below:
result>Then on your main desktop machine
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Paste the following into your remote machine --->
SECRET_TOKEN
<---End pasteThen back to the headless box, paste in the code
result> SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
[acd12]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = SECRET_TOKEN
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d>Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.
So first configure rclone on your desktop machine
rclone configto set up the config file.
Find the config file by running rclone config file, for example
$ rclone config file
Configuration file is stored at:
/home/user/.rclone.confNow transfer it to the remote box (scp, cut paste, ftp, sftp etc) and place it in the correct place (use rclone config file on the remote box to find out where).
Rclone has a sophisticated set of include and exclude rules. Some of these are based on patterns and some on other things like file size.
The filters are applied for the copy, sync, move, ls, lsl, md5sum, sha1sum, size, delete and check operations. Note that purge does not obey the filters.
Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include and exclude rules like --include, --exclude, --include-from, --exclude-from, --filter, or --filter-from. The simplest way to try them out is using the ls command, or --dry-run together with -v.
The patterns used to match files for inclusion or exclusion are based on “file globs” as used by the unix shell.
If the pattern starts with a / then it only matches at the top level of the directory tree, relative to the root of the remote (not necessarily the root of the local drive). If it doesn’t start with / then it is matched starting at the end of the path, but it will only match a complete path element:
file.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/afile.jpg"
/file.jpg - matches "file.jpg" in the root directory of the remote
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"Important Note that you must use / in patterns and not \ even if running on Windows.
A * matches anything but not a /.
*.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "file.jpg/something"Use ** to match anything, including slashes (/).
dir/** - matches "dir/file.jpg"
- matches "dir/dir1/dir2/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
- doesn't match "adir/file.jpg"A ? matches any character except a slash /.
l?ss - matches "less"
- matches "lass"
- doesn't match "floss"A [ and ] together make a character class, such as [a-z] or [aeiou] or [[:alpha:]]. See the go regexp docs for more info on these.
h[ae]llo - matches "hello"
- matches "hallo"
- doesn't match "hullo"A { and } define a choice between elements. It should contain a comma separated list of patterns, any of which might match. These patterns can contain wildcards.
{one,two}_potato - matches "one_potato"
- matches "two_potato"
- doesn't match "three_potato"
- doesn't match "_potato"Special characters can be escaped with a \ before them.
\*.jpg - matches "*.jpg"
\\.jpg - matches "\.jpg"
\[one\].jpg - matches "[one].jpg"Patterns are case sensitive unless the --ignore-case flag is used.
Without --ignore-case (default)
potato - matches "potato"
- doesn't match "POTATO"With --ignore-case
potato - matches "potato"
- matches "POTATO"Note also that rclone filter globs can only be used in one of the filter command line flags, not in the specification of the remote, so rclone copy "remote:dir*.jpg" /path/to/dir won’t work - what is required is rclone --include "*.jpg" copy remote:dir /path/to/dir
Rclone keeps track of directories that could match any file patterns.
Eg if you add the include rule
/a/*.jpgRclone will synthesize the directory include rule
/a/If you put any rules which end in / then it will only match directories.
Directory matches are only used to optimise directory access patterns - you must still match the files that you want to match. Directory matches won’t optimise anything on bucket based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2) which don’t have a concept of directory.
Rclone implements bash style {a,b,c} glob matching which rsync doesn’t.
Rclone always does a wildcard match so \ must always escape a \.
Rclone maintains a combined list of include rules and exclude rules.
Each file is matched in order, starting from the top, against the rule in the list until it finds a match. The file is then included or excluded according to the rule type.
If the matcher fails to find a match after testing against all the entries in the list then the path is included.
For example given the following rules, + being include, - being exclude,
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- *This would include
file1.jpgfile3.pngfile2.aviThis would exclude
secret17.jpg*.jpg and *.pngA similar process is done on directory entries before recursing into them. This only works on remotes which have a concept of directory (Eg local, google drive, onedrive, amazon drive) and not on bucket based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2).
Filtering rules are added with the following command line flags.
You can repeat the following options to add more than one rule of that type.
--include--include-from--exclude--exclude-from--filter--filter-fromImportant You should not use --include* together with --exclude*. It may produce different results than you expected. In that case try to use: --filter*.
Note that all the options of the same type are processed together in the order above, regardless of what order they were placed on the command line.
So all --include options are processed first in the order they appeared on the command line, then all --include-from options etc.
To mix up the order includes and excludes, the --filter flag can be used.
--exclude - Exclude files matching patternAdd a single exclude rule with --exclude.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Eg --exclude *.bak to exclude all bak files from the sync.
--exclude-from - Read exclude patterns from fileAdd exclude rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Prepare a file like this exclude-file.txt
# a sample exclude rule file
*.bak
file2.jpgThen use as --exclude-from exclude-file.txt. This will sync all files except those ending in bak and file2.jpg.
This is useful if you have a lot of rules.
--include - Include files matching patternAdd a single include rule with --include.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Eg --include *.{png,jpg} to include all png and jpg files in the backup and no others.
This adds an implicit --exclude * at the very end of the filter list. This means you can mix --include and --include-from with the other filters (eg --exclude) but you must include all the files you want in the include statement. If this doesn’t provide enough flexibility then you must use --filter-from.
--include-from - Read include patterns from fileAdd include rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Prepare a file like this include-file.txt
# a sample include rule file
*.jpg
*.png
file2.aviThen use as --include-from include-file.txt. This will sync all jpg, png files and file2.avi.
This is useful if you have a lot of rules.
This adds an implicit --exclude * at the very end of the filter list. This means you can mix --include and --include-from with the other filters (eg --exclude) but you must include all the files you want in the include statement. If this doesn’t provide enough flexibility then you must use --filter-from.
--filter - Add a file-filtering ruleThis can be used to add a single include or exclude rule. Include rules start with + and exclude rules start with -. A special rule called ! can be used to clear the existing rules.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Eg --filter "- *.bak" to exclude all bak files from the sync.
--filter-from - Read filtering patterns from a fileAdd include/exclude rules from a file.
This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.
Prepare a file like this filter-file.txt
# a sample filter rule file
- secret*.jpg
+ *.jpg
+ *.png
+ file2.avi
- /dir/Trash/**
+ /dir/**
# exclude everything else
- *Then use as --filter-from filter-file.txt. The rules are processed in the order that they are defined.
This example will include all jpg and png files, exclude any files matching secret*.jpg and include file2.avi. It will also include everything in the directory dir at the root of the sync, except dir/Trash which it will exclude. Everything else will be excluded from the sync.
--files-from - Read list of source-file namesThis reads a list of file names from the file passed in and only these files are transferred. The filtering rules are ignored completely if you use this option.
Rclone will traverse the file system if you use --files-from, effectively using the files in --files-from as a set of filters. Rclone will not error if any of the files are missing.
If you use --no-traverse as well as --files-from then rclone will not traverse the destination file system, it will find each file individually using approximately 1 API call. This can be more efficient for small lists of files.
This option can be repeated to read from more than one file. These are read in the order that they are placed on the command line.
Paths within the --files-from file will be interpreted as starting with the root specified in the command. Leading / characters are ignored.
For example, suppose you had files-from.txt with this content:
# comment
file1.jpg
subdir/file2.jpgYou could then use it like this:
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home/me/pics remote:picsThis will transfer these files only (if they exist)
/home/me/pics/file1.jpg → remote:pics/file1.jpg
/home/me/pics/subdir/file2.jpg → remote:pics/subdir/file2.jpgTo take a more complicated example, let’s say you had a few files you want to back up regularly with these absolute paths:
/home/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuffTo copy these you’d find a common subdirectory - in this case /home and put the remaining files in files-from.txt with or without leading /, eg
user1/important
user1/dir/file
user2/stuffYou could then copy these to a remote like this
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home remote:backupThe 3 files will arrive in remote:backup with the paths as in the files-from.txt like this:
/home/user1/important → remote:backup/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/user2/stuffYou could of course choose / as the root too in which case your files-from.txt might look like this.
/home/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuffAnd you would transfer it like this
rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt / remote:backupIn this case there will be an extra home directory on the remote:
/home/user1/important → remote:backup/home/user1/important
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/home/user1/dir/file
/home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/home/user2/stuff--min-size - Don’t transfer any file smaller than thisThis option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to kBytes but a suffix of k, M, or G can be used.
For example --min-size 50k means no files smaller than 50kByte will be transferred.
--max-size - Don’t transfer any file larger than thisThis option controls the maximum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to kBytes but a suffix of k, M, or G can be used.
For example --max-size 1G means no files larger than 1GByte will be transferred.
--max-age - Don’t transfer any file older than thisThis option controls the maximum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a suffix of:
ms - Millisecondss - Secondsm - Minutesh - Hoursd - Daysw - WeeksM - Monthsy - YearsFor example --max-age 2d means no files older than 2 days will be transferred.
--min-age - Don’t transfer any file younger than thisThis option controls the minimum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a suffix (see --max-age for list of suffixes)
For example --min-age 2d means no files younger than 2 days will be transferred.
--delete-excluded - Delete files on dest excluded from syncImportant this flag is dangerous - use with --dry-run and -v first.
When doing rclone sync this will delete any files which are excluded from the sync on the destination.
If for example you did a sync from A to B without the --min-size 50k flag
rclone sync A: B:Then you repeated it like this with the --delete-excluded
rclone --min-size 50k --delete-excluded sync A: B:This would delete all files on B which are less than 50 kBytes as these are now excluded from the sync.
Always test first with --dry-run and -v before using this flag.
--dump filters - dump the filters to the outputThis dumps the defined filters to the output as regular expressions.
Useful for debugging.
--ignore-case - make searches case insensitiveNormally filter patterns are case sensitive. If this flag is supplied then filter patterns become case insensitive.
Normally a --include "file.txt" will not match a file called FILE.txt. However if you use the --ignore-case flag then --include "file.txt" this will match a file called FILE.txt.
The examples above may not work verbatim in your shell as they have shell metacharacters in them (eg *), and may require quoting.
Eg linux, OSX
--include \*.jpg--include '*.jpg'--include='*.jpg'In Windows the expansion is done by the command not the shell so this should work fine
--include *.jpgIt is possible to exclude a directory based on a file, which is present in this directory. Filename should be specified using the --exclude-if-present flag. This flag has a priority over the other filtering flags.
Imagine, you have the following directory structure:
dir1/file1
dir1/dir2/file2
dir1/dir2/dir3/file3
dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignoreYou can exclude dir3 from sync by running the following command:
rclone sync --exclude-if-present .ignore dir1 remote:backupCurrently only one filename is supported, i.e. --exclude-if-present should not be used multiple times.
Rclone can serve a web based GUI (graphical user interface). This is somewhat experimental at the moment so things may be subject to change.
Run this command in a terminal and rclone will download and then display the GUI in a web browser.
rclone rcd --rc-web-guiThis will produce logs like this and rclone needs to continue to run to serve the GUI:
2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: A new release for gui is present at https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/download/v0.0.6/currentbuild.zip
2019/08/25 11:40:14 NOTICE: Downloading webgui binary. Please wait. [Size: 3813937, Path : /home/USER/.cache/rclone/webgui/v0.0.6.zip]
2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Unzipping
2019/08/25 11:40:16 NOTICE: Serving remote control on http://127.0.0.1:5572/This assumes you are running rclone locally on your machine. It is possible to separate the rclone and the GUI - see below for details.
If you wish to update to the latest API version then you can add --rc-web-gui-update to the command line.
Once the GUI opens, you will be looking at the dashboard which has an overall overview.
On the left hand side you will see a series of view buttons you can click on:
(More docs and walkthrough video to come!)
When you run the rclone rcd --rc-web-gui this is what happens
login_token so it can log straight in.The rclone rcd may use any of the flags documented on the rc page.
The flag --rc-web-gui is shorthand for
--rc-user gui--rc-pass <random password>--rc-serveThese flags can be overidden as desired.
See also the rclone rcd documentation.
For example the GUI could be served on a public port over SSL using an htpasswd file using the following flags:
--rc-web-gui--rc-addr :443--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd--rc-cert /path/to/ssl.crt--rc-key /path/to/ssl.keyIf you want to run the GUI behind a proxy at /rclone you could use these flags:
--rc-web-gui--rc-baseurl rclone--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswdOr instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:
--rc-user me--rc-pass mypasswordThe GUI is being developed in the: rclone/rclone-webui-react respository.
Bug reports and contributions very welcome welcome :-)
If you have questions then please ask them on the rclone forum.
If rclone is run with the --rc flag then it starts an http server which can be used to remote control rclone.
If you just want to run a remote control then see the rcd command.
NB this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!
Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests
IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default “localhost:5572”)
SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
Client certificate authority to verify clients with
htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
SSL PEM Private key
Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
User name for authentication.
Password for authentication.
Realm for authentication (default “rclone”)
Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
Enable the serving of remote objects via the HTTP interface. This means objects will be accessible at http://127.0.0.1:5572/ by default, so you can browse to http://127.0.0.1:5572/ or http://127.0.0.1:5572/* to see a listing of the remotes. Objects may be requested from remotes using this syntax http://127.0.0.1:5572/[remote:path]/path/to/object
Default Off.
Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
If this is set then rclone will serve the files in that directory. It will also open the root in the web browser if specified. This is for implementing browser based GUIs for rclone functions.
If --rc-user or --rc-pass is set then the URL that is opened will have the authorization in the URL in the http://user:pass@localhost/ style.
Default Off.
Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.
Default Off.
Set the allowed Access-Control-Allow-Origin for rc requests.
Can be used with –rc-web-gui if the rclone is running on different IP than the web-gui.
Default is IP address on which rc is running.
Set the URL to fetch the rclone-web-gui files from.
Default https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest.
Set this flag to check and update rclone-webui-react from the rc-web-fetch-url.
Default Off.
Expire finished async jobs older than DURATION (default 60s).
Interval duration to check for expired async jobs (default 10s).
By default rclone will require authorisation to have been set up on the rc interface in order to use any methods which access any rclone remotes. Eg operations/list is denied as it involved creating a remote as is sync/copy.
If this is set then no authorisation will be required on the server to use these methods. The alternative is to use --rc-user and --rc-pass and use these credentials in the request.
Default Off.
Rclone itself implements the remote control protocol in its rclone rc command.
You can use it like this
$ rclone rc rc/noop param1=one param2=two
{
"param1": "one",
"param2": "two"
}Run rclone rc on its own to see the help for the installed remote control commands.
rclone rc also supports a --json flag which can be used to send more complicated input parameters.
$ rclone rc --json '{ "p1": [1,"2",null,4], "p2": { "a":1, "b":2 } }' rc/noop
{
"p1": [
1,
"2",
null,
4
],
"p2": {
"a": 1,
"b": 2
}
}The rc interface supports some special parameters which apply to all commands. These start with _ to show they are different.
Each rc call is classified as a job and it is assigned its own id. By default jobs are executed immediately as they are created or synchronously.
If _async has a true value when supplied to an rc call then it will return immediately with a job id and the task will be run in the background. The job/status call can be used to get information of the background job. The job can be queried for up to 1 minute after it has finished.
It is recommended that potentially long running jobs, eg sync/sync, sync/copy, sync/move, operations/purge are run with the _async flag to avoid any potential problems with the HTTP request and response timing out.
Starting a job with the _async flag:
$ rclone rc --json '{ "p1": [1,"2",null,4], "p2": { "a":1, "b":2 }, "_async": true }' rc/noop
{
"jobid": 2
}Query the status to see if the job has finished. For more information on the meaning of these return parameters see the job/status call.
$ rclone rc --json '{ "jobid":2 }' job/status
{
"duration": 0.000124163,
"endTime": "2018-10-27T11:38:07.911245881+01:00",
"error": "",
"finished": true,
"id": 2,
"output": {
"_async": true,
"p1": [
1,
"2",
null,
4
],
"p2": {
"a": 1,
"b": 2
}
},
"startTime": "2018-10-27T11:38:07.911121728+01:00",
"success": true
}job/list can be used to show the running or recently completed jobs
$ rclone rc job/list
{
"jobids": [
2
]
}Each rc call has it’s own stats group for tracking it’s metrics. By default grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix job/ and id of the job like so job/1.
If _group has a value then stats for that request will be grouped under that value. This allows caller to group stats under their own name.
Stats for specific group can be accessed by passing group to core/stats:
$ rclone rc --json '{ "group": "job/1" }' core/stats
{
"speed": 12345
...
}Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. Params: - remote = path to remote (required) - withData = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well (optional)
Eg
rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=trueEnsure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.
The chunks= parameter specifies the file chunks to check. It takes a comma separated list of array slice indices. The slice indices are similar to Python slices: start[:end]
start is the 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch inclusive. end is 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch exclusive. Both values can be negative, in which case they count from the back of the file. The value “-5:” represents the last 5 chunks of a file.
Some valid examples are: “:5,-5:” -> the first and last five chunks “0,-2” -> the first and the second last chunk “0:10” -> the first ten chunks
Any parameter with a key that starts with “file” can be used to specify files to fetch, eg
rclone rc cache/fetch chunks=0 file=hello file2=home/goodbyeFile names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote is used on top of the cache.
Show statistics for the cache remote.
This takes the following parameters
See the config create command command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
Parameters:
See the config delete command command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
Returns a JSON object: - key: value
Where keys are remote names and values are the config parameters.
See the config dump command command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
Parameters: - name - name of remote to get
See the config dump command command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
Returns - remotes - array of remote names
See the listremotes command command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
This takes the following parameters
See the config password command command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
Returns a JSON object: - providers - array of objects
See the config providers command command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
This takes the following parameters
See the config update command command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.
Eg
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=off
{
"bytesPerSecond": -1,
"rate": "off"
}
rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
{
"bytesPerSecond": 1048576,
"rate": "1M"
}If the rate parameter is not suppied then the bandwidth is queried
rclone rc core/bwlimit
{
"bytesPerSecond": 1048576,
"rate": "1M"
}The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to –bwlimit except only one bandwidth may be specified.
In either case “rate” is returned as a human readable string, and “bytesPerSecond” is returned as a number.
This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run. It isn’t necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for debugging memory problems.
This returns list of stats groups currently in memory.
Returns the following values:
{
"groups": an array of group names:
[
"group1",
"group2",
...
]
}This returns the memory statistics of the running program. What the values mean are explained in the go docs: https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats
The most interesting values for most people are:
Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file: - clear - string
Returns - obscured - string
This returns PID of current process. Useful for stopping rclone process.
(optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app: - exitCode - int
This returns all available stats:
rclone rc core/statsIf group is not provided then summed up stats for all groups will be returned.
Parameters - group - name of the stats group (string)
Returns the following values:
{
"speed": average speed in bytes/sec since start of the process,
"bytes": total transferred bytes since the start of the process,
"errors": number of errors,
"fatalError": whether there has been at least one FatalError,
"retryError": whether there has been at least one non-NoRetryError,
"checks": number of checked files,
"transfers": number of transferred files,
"deletes" : number of deleted files,
"elapsedTime": time in seconds since the start of the process,
"lastError": last occurred error,
"transferring": an array of currently active file transfers:
[
{
"bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
"eta": estimated time in seconds until file transfer completion
"name": name of the file,
"percentage": progress of the file transfer in percent,
"speed": speed in bytes/sec,
"speedAvg": speed in bytes/sec as an exponentially weighted moving average,
"size": size of the file in bytes
}
],
"checking": an array of names of currently active file checks
[]
}Values for “transferring”, “checking” and “lastError” are only assigned if data is available. The value for “eta” is null if an eta cannot be determined.
This clears counters and errors for all stats or specific stats group if group is provided.
Parameters - group - name of the stats group (string)
### core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers. {#core/transferred}
This returns stats about completed transfers:
rclone rc core/transferred
If group is not provided then completed transfers for all groups will be
returned.
Note only the last 100 completed transfers are returned.
Parameters
- group - name of the stats group (string)
Returns the following values:{ “transferred”: an array of completed transfers (including failed ones): [ { “name”: name of the file, “size”: size of the file in bytes, “bytes”: total transferred bytes for this file, “checked”: if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted), “timestamp”: integer representing millisecond unix epoch, “error”: string description of the error (empty if successfull), “jobid”: id of the job that this transfer belongs to } ] }
### core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime. {#core/version}
This shows the current version of go and the go runtime
- version - rclone version, eg "v1.44"
- decomposed - version number as [major, minor, patch, subpatch]
- note patch and subpatch will be 999 for a git compiled version
- isGit - boolean - true if this was compiled from the git version
- os - OS in use as according to Go
- arch - cpu architecture in use according to Go
- goVersion - version of Go runtime in use
### job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs {#job/list}
Parameters - None
Results
- jobids - array of integer job ids
### job/status: Reads the status of the job ID {#job/status}
Parameters
- jobid - id of the job (integer)
Results
- finished - boolean
- duration - time in seconds that the job ran for
- endTime - time the job finished (eg "2018-10-26T18:50:20.528746884+01:00")
- error - error from the job or empty string for no error
- finished - boolean whether the job has finished or not
- id - as passed in above
- startTime - time the job started (eg "2018-10-26T18:50:20.528336039+01:00")
- success - boolean - true for success false otherwise
- output - output of the job as would have been returned if called synchronously
- progress - output of the progress related to the underlying job
### job/stop: Stop the running job {#job/stop}
Parameters
- jobid - id of the job (integer)
### operations/about: Return the space used on the remote {#operations/about}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
The result is as returned from rclone about --json
See the [about command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path {#operations/cleanup}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
See the [cleanup command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/copyfile}
This takes the following parameters
- srcFs - a remote name string eg "drive:" for the source
- srcRemote - a path within that remote eg "file.txt" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string eg "drive2:" for the destination
- dstRemote - a path within that remote eg "file2.txt" for the destination
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object {#operations/copyurl}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
- url - string, URL to read from
- autoFilename - boolean, set to true to retrieve destination file name from url
See the [copyurl command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyurl/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/delete: Remove files in the path {#operations/delete}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
See the [delete command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to {#operations/deletefile}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
See the [deletefile command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_deletefile/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote {#operations/fsinfo}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
This returns info about the remote passed in;
{ // optional features and whether they are available or not “Features”: { “About”: true, “BucketBased”: false, “CanHaveEmptyDirectories”: true, “CaseInsensitive”: false, “ChangeNotify”: false, “CleanUp”: false, “Copy”: false, “DirCacheFlush”: false, “DirMove”: true, “DuplicateFiles”: false, “GetTier”: false, “ListR”: false, “MergeDirs”: false, “Move”: true, “OpenWriterAt”: true, “PublicLink”: false, “Purge”: true, “PutStream”: true, “PutUnchecked”: false, “ReadMimeType”: false, “ServerSideAcrossConfigs”: false, “SetTier”: false, “SetWrapper”: false, “UnWrap”: false, “WrapFs”: false, “WriteMimeType”: false }, // Names of hashes available “Hashes”: [ “MD5”, “SHA-1”, “DropboxHash”, “QuickXorHash” ], “Name”: “local”, // Name as created “Precision”: 1, // Precision of timestamps in ns “Root”: “/”, // Path as created “String”: “Local file system at /” // how the remote will appear in logs }
This command does not have a command line equivalent so use this instead:
rclone rc --loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:
### operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format {#operations/list}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
- opt - a dictionary of options to control the listing (optional)
- recurse - If set recurse directories
- noModTime - If set return modification time
- showEncrypted - If set show decrypted names
- showOrigIDs - If set show the IDs for each item if known
- showHash - If set return a dictionary of hashes
The result is
- list
- This is an array of objects as described in the lsjson command
See the [lsjson command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/) for more information on the above and examples.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container {#operations/mkdir}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
See the [mkdir command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mkdir/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/movefile}
This takes the following parameters
- srcFs - a remote name string eg "drive:" for the source
- srcRemote - a path within that remote eg "file.txt" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string eg "drive2:" for the destination
- dstRemote - a path within that remote eg "file2.txt" for the destination
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder. {#operations/publiclink}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
Returns
- url - URL of the resource
See the [link command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_link/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents {#operations/purge}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
See the [purge command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container {#operations/rmdir}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
See the [rmdir command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path {#operations/rmdirs}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
- remote - a path within that remote eg "dir"
- leaveRoot - boolean, set to true not to delete the root
See the [rmdirs command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote {#operations/size}
This takes the following parameters
- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:path/to/dir"
Returns
- count - number of files
- bytes - number of bytes in those files
See the [size command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### options/blocks: List all the option blocks {#options/blocks}
Returns
- options - a list of the options block names
### options/get: Get all the options {#options/get}
Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an
object with the current option values in.
This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should
map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.
### options/set: Set an option {#options/set}
Parameters
- option block name containing an object with
- key: value
Repeated as often as required.
Only supply the options you wish to change. If an option is unknown
it will be silently ignored. Not all options will have an effect when
changed like this.
For example:
This sets DEBUG level logs (-vv)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 8}}'
And this sets INFO level logs (-v)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 7}}'
And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without -v)
rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 6}}'
### rc/error: This returns an error {#rc/error}
This returns an error with the input as part of its error string.
Useful for testing error handling.
### rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands {#rc/list}
This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in
the commands response.
### rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters {#rc/noop}
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to
check that parameter passing is working properly.
### rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth {#rc/noopauth}
This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to
check that parameter passing is working properly.
Authentication is required for this call.
### sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/copy}
This takes the following parameters
- srcFs - a remote name string eg "drive:src" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string eg "drive:dst" for the destination
See the [copy command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/move}
This takes the following parameters
- srcFs - a remote name string eg "drive:src" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string eg "drive:dst" for the destination
- deleteEmptySrcDirs - delete empty src directories if set
See the [move command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/sync}
This takes the following parameters
- srcFs - a remote name string eg "drive:src" for the source
- dstFs - a remote name string eg "drive:dst" for the destination
See the [sync command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) command for more information on the above.
Authentication is required for this call.
### vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache. {#vfs/forget}
This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be
re-read from the remote when needed.
If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the
directory cache.
rclone rc vfs/forget
Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path. Any
parameter key starting with file will forget that file and any
starting with dir will forget that dir, eg
rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
### vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option. {#vfs/poll-interval}
Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the
poll-interval setting.
When the interval=duration parameter is set, the poll-interval value
is updated and the polling function is notified.
Setting interval=0 disables poll-interval.
rclone rc vfs/poll-interval interval=5m
The timeout=duration parameter can be used to specify a time to wait
for the current poll function to apply the new value.
If timeout is less or equal 0, which is the default, wait indefinitely.
The new poll-interval value will only be active when the timeout is
not reached.
If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes
might not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the
used remote.
### vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache. {#vfs/refresh}
This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the
directory cache.
If no paths are passed in then it will refresh the root directory.
rclone rc vfs/refresh
Otherwise pass directories in as dir=path. Any parameter key
starting with dir will refresh that directory, eg
rclone rc vfs/refresh dir=home/junk dir2=data/misc
If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree
will get refreshed. This refresh will use --fast-list if enabled.
<!--- autogenerated stop -->
## Accessing the remote control via HTTP
Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.
Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an
error. The JSON objects are essentially a map of string names to
values.
All calls must made using POST.
The input objects can be supplied using URL parameters, POST
parameters or by supplying "Content-Type: application/json" and a JSON
blob in the body. There are examples of these below using `curl`.
The response will be a JSON blob in the body of the response. This is
formatted to be reasonably human readable.
### Error returns
If an error occurs then there will be an HTTP error status (eg 500)
and the body of the response will contain a JSON encoded error object,
eg
{ “error”: “Expecting string value for key "remote" (was float64)”, “input”: { “fs”: “/tmp”, “remote”: 3 }, “status”: 400 “path”: “operations/rmdir”, }
The keys in the error response are
- error - error string
- input - the input parameters to the call
- status - the HTTP status code
- path - the path of the call
### CORS
The sever implements basic CORS support and allows all origins for that.
The response to a preflight OPTIONS request will echo the requested "Access-Control-Request-Headers" back.
### Using POST with URL parameters only
curl -X POST ‘http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?potato=1&sausage=2’
Response
{ “potato”: “1”, “sausage”: “2” }
Here is what an error response looks like:
curl -X POST ‘http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2’
{ “error”: “arbitrary error on input map[potato:1 sausage:2]”, “input”: { “potato”: “1”, “sausage”: “2” } }
Note that curl doesn't return errors to the shell unless you use the `-f` option
$ curl -f -X POST ‘http://localhost:5572/rc/error?potato=1&sausage=2’ curl: (22) The requested URL returned error: 400 Bad Request $ echo $? 22
### Using POST with a form
curl –data “potato=1” –data “sausage=2” http://localhost:5572/rc/noop
Response
{ “potato”: “1”, “sausage”: “2” }
Note that you can combine these with URL parameters too with the POST
parameters taking precedence.
curl –data “potato=1” –data “sausage=2” “http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&sausage=4”
Response
{ “potato”: “1”, “rutabaga”: “3”, “sausage”: “4” }
### Using POST with a JSON blob
curl -H “Content-Type: application/json” -X POST -d ‘{“potato”:2,“sausage”:1}’ http://localhost:5572/rc/noop
response
{ “password”: “xyz”, “username”: “xyz” }
This can be combined with URL parameters too if required. The JSON
blob takes precedence.
curl -H “Content-Type: application/json” -X POST -d ‘{“potato”:2,“sausage”:1}’ ‘http://localhost:5572/rc/noop?rutabaga=3&potato=4’
{ “potato”: 2, “rutabaga”: “3”, “sausage”: 1 }
## Debugging rclone with pprof ##
If you use the `--rc` flag this will also enable the use of the go
profiling tools on the same port.
To use these, first [install go](https://golang.org/doc/install).
### Debugging memory use
To profile rclone's memory use you can run:
go tool pprof -web http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap
This should open a page in your browser showing what is using what
memory.
You can also use the `-text` flag to produce a textual summary
$ go tool pprof -text http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total flat flat% sum% cum cum% 1024.03kB 66.62% 66.62% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.addDecoderNode 513kB 33.38% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.newBufioWriterSize 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/all.init 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/serve.init 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/cmd/serve/restic.init 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2.init 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% github.com/rclone/rclone/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/hpack.init.0 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% main.init 0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(conn).readRequest 0 0% 100% 513kB 33.38% net/http.(conn).serve 0 0% 100% 1024.03kB 66.62% runtime.main
### Debugging go routine leaks
Memory leaks are most often caused by go routine leaks keeping memory
alive which should have been garbage collected.
See all active go routines using
curl http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1
Or go to http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1 in your browser.
### Other profiles to look at
You can see a summary of profiles available at http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/
Here is how to use some of them:
* Memory: `go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/heap`
* Go routines: `curl http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/goroutine?debug=1`
* 30-second CPU profile: `go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/profile`
* 5-second execution trace: `wget http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/trace?seconds=5`
See the [net/http/pprof docs](https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/pprof/)
for more info on how to use the profiling and for a general overview
see [the Go team's blog post on profiling go programs](https://blog.golang.org/profiling-go-programs).
The profiling hook is [zero overhead unless it is used](https://stackoverflow.com/q/26545159/164234).
# Overview of cloud storage systems #
Each cloud storage system is slightly different. Rclone attempts to
provide a unified interface to them, but some underlying differences
show through.
## Features ##
Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.
| Name | Hash | ModTime | Case Insensitive | Duplicate Files | MIME Type |
| ---------------------------- |:-----------:|:-------:|:----------------:|:---------------:|:---------:|
| 1Fichier | Whirlpool | No | No | Yes | R |
| Amazon Drive | MD5 | No | Yes | No | R |
| Amazon S3 | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Backblaze B2 | SHA1 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Box | SHA1 | Yes | Yes | No | - |
| Citrix ShareFile | MD5 | Yes | Yes | No | - |
| Dropbox | DBHASH † | Yes | Yes | No | - |
| FTP | - | No | No | No | - |
| Google Cloud Storage | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Google Drive | MD5 | Yes | No | Yes | R/W |
| Google Photos | - | No | No | Yes | R |
| HTTP | - | No | No | No | R |
| Hubic | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Jottacloud | MD5 | Yes | Yes | No | R/W |
| Koofr | MD5 | No | Yes | No | - |
| Mail.ru Cloud | Mailru ‡‡‡ | Yes | Yes | No | - |
| Mega | - | No | No | Yes | - |
| Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| Microsoft OneDrive | SHA1 ‡‡ | Yes | Yes | No | R |
| OpenDrive | MD5 | Yes | Yes | No | - |
| Openstack Swift | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| pCloud | MD5, SHA1 | Yes | No | No | W |
| premiumize.me | - | No | Yes | No | R |
| put.io | CRC-32 | Yes | No | Yes | R |
| QingStor | MD5 | No | No | No | R/W |
| SFTP | MD5, SHA1 ‡ | Yes | Depends | No | - |
| WebDAV | MD5, SHA1 ††| Yes ††† | Depends | No | - |
| Yandex Disk | MD5 | Yes | No | No | R/W |
| The local filesystem | All | Yes | Depends | No | - |
### Hash ###
The cloud storage system supports various hash types of the objects.
The hashes are used when transferring data as an integrity check and
can be specifically used with the `--checksum` flag in syncs and in
the `check` command.
To use the verify checksums when transferring between cloud storage
systems they must support a common hash type.
† Note that Dropbox supports [its own custom
hash](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash).
This is an SHA256 sum of all the 4MB block SHA256s.
‡ SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and `md5sum`
or `sha1sum` as well as `echo` are in the remote's PATH.
†† WebDAV supports hashes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.
††† WebDAV supports modtimes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.
‡‡ Microsoft OneDrive Personal supports SHA1 hashes, whereas OneDrive
for business and SharePoint server support Microsoft's own
[QuickXorHash](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash).
‡‡‡ Mail.ru uses its own modified SHA1 hash
### ModTime ###
The cloud storage system supports setting modification times on
objects. If it does then this enables a using the modification times
as part of the sync. If not then only the size will be checked by
default, though the MD5SUM can be checked with the `--checksum` flag.
All cloud storage systems support some kind of date on the object and
these will be set when transferring from the cloud storage system.
### Case Insensitive ###
If a cloud storage systems is case sensitive then it is possible to
have two files which differ only in case, eg `file.txt` and
`FILE.txt`. If a cloud storage system is case insensitive then that
isn't possible.
This can cause problems when syncing between a case insensitive
system and a case sensitive system. The symptom of this is that no
matter how many times you run the sync it never completes fully.
The local filesystem and SFTP may or may not be case sensitive
depending on OS.
* Windows - usually case insensitive, though case is preserved
* OSX - usually case insensitive, though it is possible to format case sensitive
* Linux - usually case sensitive, but there are case insensitive file systems (eg FAT formatted USB keys)
Most of the time this doesn't cause any problems as people tend to
avoid files whose name differs only by case even on case sensitive
systems.
### Duplicate files ###
If a cloud storage system allows duplicate files then it can have two
objects with the same name.
This confuses rclone greatly when syncing - use the `rclone dedupe`
command to rename or remove duplicates.
### Restricted filenames ###
Some cloud storage systems might have restrictions on the characters
that are usable in file or directory names.
When `rclone` detects such a name during a file upload, it will
transparently replace the restricted characters with similar looking
Unicode characters.
This process is designed to avoid ambiguous file names as much as
possible and allow to move files between many cloud storage systems
transparently.
The name shown by `rclone` to the user or during log output will only
contain a minimal set of [replaced characters](#restricted-characters)
to ensure correct formatting and not necessarily the actual name used
on the cloud storage.
This transformation is reversed when downloading a file or parsing
`rclone` arguments.
For example, when uploading a file named `my file?.txt` to Onedrive
will be displayed as `my file?.txt` on the console, but stored as
`my file？.txt` (the `?` gets replaced by the similar looking `？`
character) to Onedrive.
The reverse transformation allows to read a file`unusual/name.txt`
from Google Drive, by passing the name `unusual／name.txt` (the `/` needs
to be replaced by the similar looking `／` character) on the command line.
#### Default restricted characters {#restricted-characters}
The table below shows the characters that are replaced by default.
When a replacement character is found in a filename, this character
will be escaped with the `‛` character to avoid ambiguous file names.
(e.g. a file named `␀.txt` would shown as `‛␀.txt`)
Each cloud storage backend can use a different set of characters,
which will be specified in the documentation for each backend.
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| SOH | 0x01 | ␁ |
| STX | 0x02 | ␂ |
| ETX | 0x03 | ␃ |
| EOT | 0x04 | ␄ |
| ENQ | 0x05 | ␅ |
| ACK | 0x06 | ␆ |
| BEL | 0x07 | ␇ |
| BS | 0x08 | ␈ |
| HT | 0x09 | ␉ |
| LF | 0x0A | ␊ |
| VT | 0x0B | ␋ |
| FF | 0x0C | ␌ |
| CR | 0x0D | ␍ |
| SO | 0x0E | ␎ |
| SI | 0x0F | ␏ |
| DLE | 0x10 | ␐ |
| DC1 | 0x11 | ␑ |
| DC2 | 0x12 | ␒ |
| DC3 | 0x13 | ␓ |
| DC4 | 0x14 | ␔ |
| NAK | 0x15 | ␕ |
| SYN | 0x16 | ␖ |
| ETB | 0x17 | ␗ |
| CAN | 0x18 | ␘ |
| EM | 0x19 | ␙ |
| SUB | 0x1A | ␚ |
| ESC | 0x1B | ␛ |
| FS | 0x1C | ␜ |
| GS | 0x1D | ␝ |
| RS | 0x1E | ␞ |
| US | 0x1F | ␟ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
| DEL | 0x7F | ␡ |
The default encoding will also encode these file names as they are
problematic with many cloud storage systems.
| File name | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----------:|
| . | ． |
| .. | ．． |
#### Invalid UTF-8 bytes {#invalid-utf8}
Some backends only support a sequence of well formed UTF-8 bytes
as file or directory names.
In this case all invalid UTF-8 bytes will be replaced with a quoted
representation of the byte value to allow uploading a file to such a
backend. For example, the invalid byte `0xFE` will be encoded as `‛FE`.
A common source of invalid UTF-8 bytes are local filesystems, that store
names in a different encoding than UTF-8 or UTF-16, like latin1. See the
[local filenames](/local/#filenames) section for details.
### MIME Type ###
MIME types (also known as media types) classify types of documents
using a simple text classification, eg `text/html` or
`application/pdf`.
Some cloud storage systems support reading (`R`) the MIME type of
objects and some support writing (`W`) the MIME type of objects.
The MIME type can be important if you are serving files directly to
HTTP from the storage system.
If you are copying from a remote which supports reading (`R`) to a
remote which supports writing (`W`) then rclone will preserve the MIME
types. Otherwise they will be guessed from the extension, or the
remote itself may assign the MIME type.
## Optional Features ##
All the remotes support a basic set of features, but there are some
optional features supported by some remotes used to make some
operations more efficient.
| Name | Purge | Copy | Move | DirMove | CleanUp | ListR | StreamUpload | LinkSharing | About | EmptyDir |
| ---------------------------- |:-----:|:----:|:----:|:-------:|:-------:|:-----:|:------------:|:------------:|:-----:| :------: |
| 1Fichier | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | Yes |
| Amazon Drive | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575) | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No | Yes |
| Amazon S3 | No | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No | No |
| Backblaze B2 | No | Yes | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No |
| Box | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575) | No | Yes | Yes | No | Yes |
| Citrix ShareFile | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No | No | Yes |
| Dropbox | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575) | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| FTP | No | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No | Yes |
| Google Cloud Storage | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No | No |
| Google Drive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Google Photos | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | No |
| HTTP | No | No | No | No | No | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No | Yes |
| Hubic | Yes † | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | No |
| Jottacloud | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Mail.ru Cloud | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Mega | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | Yes |
| Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No | No |
| Microsoft OneDrive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No [#575](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575) | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| OpenDrive | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | No | No | Yes |
| Openstack Swift | Yes † | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | No |
| pCloud | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | Yes |
| premiumize.me | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| put.io | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | Yes |
| QingStor | No | Yes | No | No | No | Yes | No | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No | No |
| SFTP | No | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | Yes |
| WebDAV | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes ‡ | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | Yes |
| Yandex Disk | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| The local filesystem | Yes | No | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes | No | Yes | Yes |
### Purge ###
This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in
the directory.
† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory
markers but they don't actually have a quicker way of deleting files
other than deleting them individually.
‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud
### Copy ###
Used when copying an object to and from the same remote. This known
as a server side copy so you can copy a file without downloading it
and uploading it again. It is used if you use `rclone copy` or
`rclone move` if the remote doesn't support `Move` directly.
If the server doesn't support `Copy` directly then for copy operations
the file is downloaded then re-uploaded.
### Move ###
Used when moving/renaming an object on the same remote. This is known
as a server side move of a file. This is used in `rclone move` if the
server doesn't support `DirMove`.
If the server isn't capable of `Move` then rclone simulates it with
`Copy` then delete. If the server doesn't support `Copy` then rclone
will download the file and re-upload it.
### DirMove ###
This is used to implement `rclone move` to move a directory if
possible. If it isn't then it will use `Move` on each file (which
falls back to `Copy` then download and upload - see `Move` section).
### CleanUp ###
This is used for emptying the trash for a remote by `rclone cleanup`.
If the server can't do `CleanUp` then `rclone cleanup` will return an
error.
### ListR ###
The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath
a directory quickly. This enables the `--fast-list` flag to work.
See the [rclone docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### StreamUpload ###
Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size
in advance. This allows certain operations to work without spooling the
file to local disk first, e.g. `rclone rcat`.
### LinkSharing ###
Sets the necessary permissions on a file or folder and prints a link
that allows others to access them, even if they don't have an account
on the particular cloud provider.
### About ###
This is used to fetch quota information from the remote, like bytes
used/free/quota and bytes used in the trash.
This is also used to return the space used, available for `rclone mount`.
If the server can't do `About` then `rclone about` will return an
error.
### EmptyDir ###
The remote supports empty directories. See [Limitations](/bugs/#limitations)
for details. Most Object/Bucket based remotes do not support this.
# Global Flags
This describes the global flags available to every rclone command
split into two groups, non backend and backend flags.
## Non Backend Flags
These flags are available for every command.
--ask-password Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
--auto-confirm If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
--backup-dir string Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
--bind string Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
--buffer-size SizeSuffix In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
--bwlimit BwTimetable Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
--ca-cert string CA certificate used to verify servers
--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
--checkers int Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)-c, –checksum Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size –client-cert string Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth –client-key string Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth –compare-dest string use DIR to server side copy flies from. –config string Config file. (default “$HOME/.config/rclone/rclone.conf”) –contimeout duration Connect timeout (default 1m0s) –copy-dest string Compare dest to DIR also. –cpuprofile string Write cpu profile to file –delete-after When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default) –delete-before When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring –delete-during When synchronizing, delete files during transfer –delete-excluded Delete files on dest excluded from sync –disable string Disable a comma separated list of features. Use help to see a list. -n, –dry-run Do a trial run with no permanent changes –dump DumpFlags List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles –dump-bodies Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info –dump-headers Dump HTTP headers - may contain sensitive info –exclude stringArray Exclude files matching pattern –exclude-from stringArray Read exclude patterns from file –exclude-if-present string Exclude directories if filename is present –fast-list Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions. –files-from stringArray Read list of source-file names from file -f, –filter stringArray Add a file-filtering rule –filter-from stringArray Read filtering patterns from a file –ignore-case Ignore case in filters (case insensitive) –ignore-case-sync Ignore case when synchronizing –ignore-checksum Skip post copy check of checksums. –ignore-errors delete even if there are I/O errors –ignore-existing Skip all files that exist on destination –ignore-size Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum. -I, –ignore-times Don’t skip files that match size and time - transfer all files –immutable Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified. –include stringArray Include files matching pattern –include-from stringArray Read include patterns from file –log-file string Log everything to this file –log-format string Comma separated list of log format options (default “date,time”) –log-level string Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default “NOTICE”) –low-level-retries int Number of low level retries to do. (default 10) –max-age Duration Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off) –max-backlog int Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000) –max-delete int When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1) –max-depth int If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1) –max-size SizeSuffix Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off) –max-stats-groups int Maximum number of stats groups to keep in memory. On max oldest is discarded. (default 1000) –max-transfer SizeSuffix Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off) –memprofile string Write memory profile to file –min-age Duration Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off) –min-size SizeSuffix Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off) –modify-window duration Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns) –multi-thread-cutoff SizeSuffix Use multi-thread downloads for files above this size. (default 250M) –multi-thread-streams int Max number of streams to use for multi-thread downloads. (default 4) –no-check-certificate Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure. –no-gzip-encoding Don’t set Accept-Encoding: gzip. –no-traverse Don’t traverse destination file system on copy. –no-update-modtime Don’t update destination mod-time if files identical. -P, –progress Show progress during transfer. -q, –quiet Print as little stuff as possible –rc Enable the remote control server. –rc-addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default “localhost:5572”) –rc-allow-origin string Set the allowed origin for CORS. –rc-baseurl string Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root. –rc-cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate) –rc-client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with –rc-files string Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server. –rc-htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done –rc-job-expire-duration duration expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s) –rc-job-expire-interval duration interval to check for expired async jobs (default 10s) –rc-key string SSL PEM Private key –rc-max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096) –rc-no-auth Don’t require auth for certain methods. –rc-pass string Password for authentication. –rc-realm string realm for authentication (default “rclone”) –rc-serve Enable the serving of remote objects. –rc-server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s) –rc-server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s) –rc-user string User name for authentication. –rc-web-fetch-url string URL to fetch the releases for webgui. (default “https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest”) –rc-web-gui Launch WebGUI on localhost –rc-web-gui-update Check and update to latest version of web gui –retries int Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3) –retries-sleep duration Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) –size-only Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum –stats duration Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s) –stats-file-name-length int Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45) –stats-log-level string Log level to show –stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default “INFO”) –stats-one-line Make the stats fit on one line. –stats-one-line-date Enables –stats-one-line and add current date/time prefix. –stats-one-line-date-format string Enables –stats-one-line-date and uses custom formatted date. Enclose date string in double quotes (“). See https://golang.org/pkg/time/#Time.Format –stats-unit string Show data rate in stats as either ‘bits’ or ‘bytes’/s (default”bytes“) –streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k) –suffix string Suffix to add to changed files. –suffix-keep-extension Preserve the extension when using –suffix. –syslog Use Syslog for logging –syslog-facility string Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,… (default”DAEMON“) –timeout duration IO idle timeout (default 5m0s) –tpslimit float Limit HTTP transactions per second to this. –tpslimit-burst int Max burst of transactions for –tpslimit. (default 1) –track-renames When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible –transfers int Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4) -u, –update Skip files that are newer on the destination. –use-cookies Enable session cookiejar. –use-json-log Use json log format. –use-mmap Use mmap allocator (see docs). –use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata –user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default”rclone/v1.50.0") -v, –verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
## Backend Flags
These flags are available for every command. They control the backends
and may be set in the config file.
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL.
--acd-client-id string Amazon Application Client ID.
--acd-client-secret string Amazon Application Client Secret.
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
--acd-token-url string Token server url.
--acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
--alias-remote string Remote or path to alias.
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
--azureblob-list-chunk int Size of blob list. (default 5000)
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
--azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
--azureblob-use-emulator Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true' (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
--b2-account string Account ID or Application Key ID
--b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
--b2-disable-checksum Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
--b2-download-auth-duration Duration Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
--b2-download-url string Custom endpoint for downloads.
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service.
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
--b2-key string Application Key
--b2-test-mode string A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
--b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
--b2-versions Include old versions in directory listings.
--box-box-config-file string Box App config.json location
--box-box-sub-type string (default "user")
--box-client-id string Box App Client Id.
--box-client-secret string Box App Client Secret
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
--box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
--cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
--cache-chunk-no-memory Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
--cache-chunk-path string Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
--cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
--cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
--cache-db-path string Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
--cache-db-purge Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
--cache-db-wait-time Duration How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
--cache-info-age Duration How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
--cache-plex-insecure string Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
--cache-plex-password string The password of the Plex user
--cache-plex-url string The URL of the Plex server
--cache-plex-username string The username of the Plex user
--cache-read-retries int How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
--cache-remote string Remote to cache.
--cache-rps int Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
--cache-tmp-upload-path string Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
--cache-tmp-wait-time Duration How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
--cache-workers int How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
--cache-writes Cache file data on writes through the FS
--chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
--chunker-fail-hard Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
--chunker-hash-type string Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata. (default "md5")
--chunker-meta-format string Format of the metadata object or "none". By default "simplejson". (default "simplejson")
--chunker-name-format string String format of chunk file names. (default "*.rclone_chunk.###")
--chunker-remote string Remote to chunk/unchunk.
--chunker-start-from int Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)-L, –copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item. –crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true) –crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames. (default “standard”) –crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption. –crypt-password2 string Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended. –crypt-remote string Remote to encrypt/decrypt. –crypt-show-mapping For all files listed show how the names encrypt. –drive-acknowledge-abuse Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded. –drive-allow-import-name-change Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time. –drive-alternate-export Use alternate export URLs for google documents export., –drive-auth-owner-only Only consider files owned by the authenticated user. –drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M) –drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id –drive-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret –drive-disable-http2 Disable drive using http2 (default true) –drive-export-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default “docx,xlsx,pptx,svg”) –drive-formats string Deprecated: see export_formats –drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account. –drive-import-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs. –drive-keep-revision-forever Keep new head revision of each file forever. –drive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000) –drive-pacer-burst int Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100) –drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms) –drive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder –drive-scope string Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive. –drive-server-side-across-configs Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs. –drive-service-account-credentials string Service Account Credentials JSON blob –drive-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path –drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me. –drive-size-as-quota Show storage quota usage for file size. –drive-skip-checksum-gphotos Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only. –drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings. –drive-team-drive string ID of the Team Drive –drive-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash. –drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M) –drive-use-created-date Use file created date instead of modified date., –drive-use-trash Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true) –drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix If Object’s are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off) –dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M) –dropbox-client-id string Dropbox App Client Id –dropbox-client-secret string Dropbox App Client Secret –dropbox-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a business account. –fichier-api-key string Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl –fichier-shared-folder string If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter –ftp-concurrency int Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited –ftp-disable-epsv Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support –ftp-host string FTP host to connect to –ftp-no-check-certificate Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server –ftp-pass string FTP password –ftp-port string FTP port, leave blank to use default (21) –ftp-tls Use FTP over TLS (Implicit) –ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER –gcs-bucket-acl string Access Control List for new buckets. –gcs-bucket-policy-only Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies. –gcs-client-id string Google Application Client Id –gcs-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret –gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets. –gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects. –gcs-project-number string Project number. –gcs-service-account-file string Service Account Credentials JSON file path –gcs-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage. –gphotos-client-id string Google Application Client Id –gphotos-client-secret string Google Application Client Secret –gphotos-read-only Set to make the Google Photos backend read only. –gphotos-read-size Set to read the size of media items. –http-headers CommaSepList Set HTTP headers for all transactions –http-no-head Don’t use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing –http-no-slash Set this if the site doesn’t end directories with / –http-url string URL of http host to connect to –hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G) –hubic-client-id string Hubic Client Id –hubic-client-secret string Hubic Client Secret –hubic-no-chunk Don’t chunk files during streaming upload. –jottacloud-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash. –jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M) –jottacloud-unlink Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating. –jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail’s. (default 10M) –koofr-endpoint string The Koofr API endpoint to use (default “https://app.koofr.net”) –koofr-mountid string Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used. –koofr-password string Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password) –koofr-setmtime Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true) –koofr-user string Your Koofr user name -l, –links Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a ‘.rclonelink’ extension –local-case-insensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive –local-case-sensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive. –local-no-check-updated Don’t check to see if the files change during upload –local-no-unicode-normalization Don’t apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated) –local-nounc string Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows –mailru-check-hash What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true) –mailru-pass string Password –mailru-speedup-enable Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true) –mailru-speedup-file-patterns string Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default “.mkv,.avi,.mp4,.mp3,.zip,.gz,.rar,.pdf”) –mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G) –mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M) –mailru-user string User name (usually email) –mega-debug Output more debug from Mega. –mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash. –mega-pass string Password. –mega-user string User name -x, –one-file-system Don’t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only). –onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M) –onedrive-client-id string Microsoft App Client Id –onedrive-client-secret string Microsoft App Client Secret –onedrive-drive-id string The ID of the drive to use –onedrive-drive-type string The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary ) –onedrive-expose-onenote-files Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings. –opendrive-password string Password. –opendrive-username string Username –pcloud-client-id string Pcloud App Client Id –pcloud-client-secret string Pcloud App Client Secret –qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID –qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M) –qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connection retries. (default 3) –qingstor-endpoint string Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. –qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. –qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password) –qingstor-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1) –qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M) –qingstor-zone string Zone to connect to. –s3-access-key-id string AWS Access Key ID. –s3-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects. –s3-bucket-acl string Canned ACL used when creating buckets. –s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M) –s3-disable-checksum Don’t store MD5 checksum with object metadata –s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API. –s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). –s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true) –s3-leave-parts-on-error If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery. –s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. –s3-provider string Choose your S3 provider. –s3-region string Region to connect to. –s3-secret-access-key string AWS Secret Access Key (password) –s3-server-side-encryption string The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. –s3-session-token string An AWS session token –s3-sse-kms-key-id string If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key. –s3-storage-class string The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3. –s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4) –s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M) –s3-use-accelerate-endpoint If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint. –s3-v2-auth If true use v2 authentication. –sftp-ask-password Allow asking for SFTP password when needed. –sftp-disable-hashcheck Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available. –sftp-host string SSH host to connect to –sftp-key-file string Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent. –sftp-key-file-pass string The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file. –sftp-key-use-agent When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent. –sftp-md5sum-command string The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect. –sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent. –sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection. –sftp-port string SSH port, leave blank to use default (22) –sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true) –sftp-sha1sum-command string The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect. –sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods. –sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw –sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M) –sharefile-endpoint string Endpoint for API calls. –sharefile-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder –sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M) –skip-links Don’t warn about skipped symlinks. –swift-application-credential-id string Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID) –swift-application-credential-name string Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME) –swift-application-credential-secret string Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET) –swift-auth string Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL). –swift-auth-token string Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN) –swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION) –swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G) –swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME) –swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default “public”) –swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form. –swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD). –swift-no-chunk Don’t chunk files during streaming upload. –swift-region string Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME) –swift-storage-policy string The storage policy to use when creating a new container –swift-storage-url string Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL) –swift-tenant string Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME) –swift-tenant-domain string Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME) –swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID) –swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME). –swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID). –union-remotes string List of space separated remotes. –webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon) –webdav-bearer-token-command string Command to run to get a bearer token –webdav-pass string Password. –webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to –webdav-user string User name –webdav-vendor string Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using –yandex-client-id string Yandex Client Id –yandex-client-secret string Yandex Client Secret –yandex-unlink Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
1Fichier
-----------------------------------------
This is a backend for the [1ficher](https://1fichier.com) cloud
storage service. Note that a Premium subscription is required to use
the API.
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for 1Fichier involves getting the API key from the website which you
need to do in your browser.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / 1Fichier ”fichier" [snip] Storage> fichier ** See help for fichier backend at: https://rclone.org/fichier/ **
Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (""). api_key> example_key
Edit advanced config? (y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> Remote config ——————– [remote] type = fichier api_key = example_key ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your 1Fichier account
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your 1Fichier account
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a 1Fichier directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Modified time and hashes ###
1Fichier does not support modification times. It supports the Whirlpool hash algorithm.
### Duplicated files ###
1Fichier can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a
normal file system).
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
messages in the log about duplicates.
#### Restricted filename characters
In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
| < | 0x3C | ＜ |
| > | 0x3E | ＞ |
| " | 0x22 | ＂ |
| $ | 0x24 | ＄ |
| ` | 0x60 | ｀ |
| ' | 0x27 | ＇ |
File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the
name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can't be used in JSON strings.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/fichier/fichier.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
#### --fichier-api-key
Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
- Config: api_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_API_KEY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
#### --fichier-shared-folder
If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
- Config: shared_folder
- Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_SHARED_FOLDER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Alias
-----------------------------------------
The `alias` remote provides a new name for another remote.
Paths may be as deep as required or a local path,
eg `remote:directory/subdirectory` or `/directory/subdirectory`.
During the initial setup with `rclone config` you will specify the target
remote. The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.
Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a alias remote named `backup`
with the target `mydrive:private/backup`. Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:desktop`
is exactly the same as invoking `rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop`.
There will be no special handling of paths containing `..` segments.
Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:../desktop` is exactly the same as invoking
`rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop`.
The empty path is not allowed as a remote. To alias the current directory
use `.` instead.
Here is an example of how to make a alias called `remote` for local folder.
First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Alias for an existing remote “alias” [snip] Storage> alias Remote or path to alias. Can be “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket”, “myremote:” or “/local/path”. remote> /mnt/storage/backup Remote config ——————– [remote] remote = /mnt/storage/backup ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y Current remotes:
Name Type ==== ==== remote alias
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level in `/mnt/storage/backup`
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in `/mnt/storage/backup`
rclone ls remote:
Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source
rclone copy /home/source remote:source
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/alias/alias.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to alias (Alias for an existing remote).
#### --alias-remote
Remote or path to alias.
Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path".
- Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_ALIAS_REMOTE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Amazon Drive
-----------------------------------------
Amazon Drive, formerly known as Amazon Cloud Drive, is a cloud storage
service run by Amazon for consumers.
## Status
**Important:** rclone supports Amazon Drive only if you have your own
set of API keys. Unfortunately the [Amazon Drive developer
program](https://developer.amazon.com/amazon-drive) is now closed to
new entries so if you don't already have your own set of keys you will
not be able to use rclone with Amazon Drive.
For the history on why rclone no longer has a set of Amazon Drive API
keys see [the forum](https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-has-been-banned-from-amazon-drive/2314).
If you happen to know anyone who works at Amazon then please ask them
to re-instate rclone into the Amazon Drive developer program - thanks!
## Setup
The initial setup for Amazon Drive involves getting a token from
Amazon which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks
you through it.
The configuration process for Amazon Drive may involve using an [oauth
proxy](https://github.com/ncw/oauthproxy). This is used to keep the
Amazon credentials out of the source code. The proxy runs in Google's
very secure App Engine environment and doesn't store any credentials
which pass through it.
Since rclone doesn't currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials
so you will either need to have your own `client_id` and
`client_secret` with Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath proxy
in which case you will need to enter `client_id`, `client_secret`,
`auth_url` and `token_url`.
Note also if you are not using Amazon's `auth_url` and `token_url`,
(ie you filled in something for those) then if setting up on a remote
machine you can only use the [copying the config method of
configuration](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/#configuring-by-copying-the-config-file)
- `rclone authorize` will not work.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote r) Rename remote c) Copy remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/r/c/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Amazon Drive “amazon cloud drive” [snip] Storage> amazon cloud drive Amazon Application Client Id - required. client_id> your client ID goes here Amazon Application Client Secret - required. client_secret> your client secret goes here Auth server URL - leave blank to use Amazon’s. auth_url> Optional auth URL Token server url - leave blank to use Amazon’s. token_url> Optional token URL Remote config Make sure your Redirect URL is set to “http://127.0.0.1:53682/” in your custom config. Use auto config? * Say Y if not sure * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn’t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize rclone for access Waiting for code… Got code ——————– [remote] client_id = your client ID goes here client_secret = your client secret goes here auth_url = Optional auth URL token_url = Optional token URL token = {“access_token”:“xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx”,“token_type”:“bearer”,“refresh_token”:“xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx”,“expiry”:“2015-09-06T16:07:39.658438471+01:00”} ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Amazon. This only runs from the moment it
opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification
code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require
you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your Amazon Drive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Amazon Drive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Amazon Drive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Modified time and MD5SUMs ###
Amazon Drive doesn't allow modification times to be changed via
the API so these won't be accurate or used for syncing.
It does store MD5SUMs so for a more accurate sync, you can use the
`--checksum` flag.
#### Restricted filename characters
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can't be used in JSON strings.
### Deleting files ###
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Amazon
don't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the
trash, so you will have to do that with one of Amazon's apps or via
the Amazon Drive website. As of November 17, 2016, files are
automatically deleted by Amazon from the trash after 30 days.
### Using with non `.com` Amazon accounts ###
Let's say you usually use `amazon.co.uk`. When you authenticate with
rclone it will take you to an `amazon.com` page to log in. Your
`amazon.co.uk` email and password should work here just fine.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/amazonclouddrive/amazonclouddrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).
#### --acd-client-id
Amazon Application Client ID.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --acd-client-secret
Amazon Application Client Secret.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).
#### --acd-auth-url
Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use Amazon's.
- Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_AUTH_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --acd-token-url
Token server url.
leave blank to use Amazon's.
- Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --acd-checkpoint
Checkpoint for internal polling (debug).
- Config: checkpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CHECKPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --acd-upload-wait-per-gb
Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears.
Sometimes Amazon Drive gives an error when a file has been fully
uploaded but the file appears anyway after a little while. This
happens sometimes for files over 1GB in size and nearly every time for
files bigger than 10GB. This parameter controls the time rclone waits
for the file to appear.
The default value for this parameter is 3 minutes per GB, so by
default it will wait 3 minutes for every GB uploaded to see if the
file appears.
You can disable this feature by setting it to 0. This may cause
conflict errors as rclone retries the failed upload but the file will
most likely appear correctly eventually.
These values were determined empirically by observing lots of uploads
of big files for a range of file sizes.
Upload with the "-v" flag to see more info about what rclone is doing
in this situation.
- Config: upload_wait_per_gb
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_UPLOAD_WAIT_PER_GB
- Type: Duration
- Default: 3m0s
#### --acd-templink-threshold
Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink.
Files this size or more will be downloaded via their "tempLink". This
is to work around a problem with Amazon Drive which blocks downloads
of files bigger than about 10GB. The default for this is 9GB which
shouldn't need to be changed.
To download files above this threshold, rclone requests a "tempLink"
which downloads the file through a temporary URL directly from the
underlying S3 storage.
- Config: templink_threshold
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TEMPLINK_THRESHOLD
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 9G
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that Amazon Drive is case insensitive so you can't have a
file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
Amazon Drive has rate limiting so you may notice errors in the
sync (429 errors). rclone will automatically retry the sync up to 3
times by default (see `--retries` flag) which should hopefully work
around this problem.
Amazon Drive has an internal limit of file sizes that can be uploaded
to the service. This limit is not officially published, but all files
larger than this will fail.
At the time of writing (Jan 2016) is in the area of 50GB per file.
This means that larger files are likely to fail.
Unfortunately there is no way for rclone to see that this failure is
because of file size, so it will retry the operation, as any other
failure. To avoid this problem, use `--max-size 50000M` option to limit
the maximum size of uploaded files. Note that `--max-size` does not split
files into segments, it only ignores files over this size.
Amazon S3 Storage Providers
--------------------------------------------------------
The S3 backend can be used with a number of different providers:
* AWS S3
* Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
* Ceph
* DigitalOcean Spaces
* Dreamhost
* IBM COS S3
* Minio
* Wasabi
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
Once you have made a remote (see the provider specific section above)
you can use it like this:
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any excess
files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
## AWS S3 {#amazon-s3}
Here is an example of making an s3 configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers (AWS, Ceph, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio) “s3” [snip] Storage> s3 Choose your S3 provider. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3 “AWS” 2 / Ceph Object Storage “Ceph” 3 / Digital Ocean Spaces “DigitalOcean” 4 / Dreamhost DreamObjects “Dreamhost” 5 / IBM COS S3 “IBMCOS” 6 / Minio Object Storage “Minio” 7 / Wasabi Object Storage “Wasabi” 8 / Any other S3 compatible provider “Other” provider> 1 Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step “false” 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM) “true” env_auth> 1 AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. access_key_id> XXX AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. secret_access_key> YYY Region to connect to. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure. 1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest. | Leave location constraint empty. “us-east-1” / US East (Ohio) Region 2 | Needs location constraint us-east-2. “us-east-2” / US West (Oregon) Region 3 | Needs location constraint us-west-2. “us-west-2” / US West (Northern California) Region 4 | Needs location constraint us-west-1. “us-west-1” / Canada (Central) Region 5 | Needs location constraint ca-central-1. “ca-central-1” / EU (Ireland) Region 6 | Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1. “eu-west-1” / EU (London) Region 7 | Needs location constraint eu-west-2. “eu-west-2” / EU (Frankfurt) Region 8 | Needs location constraint eu-central-1. “eu-central-1” / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region 9 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1. “ap-southeast-1” / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region 10 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2. “ap-southeast-2” / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region 11 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1. “ap-northeast-1” / Asia Pacific (Seoul) 12 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2. “ap-northeast-2” / Asia Pacific (Mumbai) 13 | Needs location constraint ap-south-1. “ap-south-1” / South America (Sao Paulo) Region 14 | Needs location constraint sa-east-1. “sa-east-1” region> 1 Endpoint for S3 API. Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region. endpoint> Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest. "" 2 / US East (Ohio) Region. “us-east-2” 3 / US West (Oregon) Region. “us-west-2” 4 / US West (Northern California) Region. “us-west-1” 5 / Canada (Central) Region. “ca-central-1” 6 / EU (Ireland) Region. “eu-west-1” 7 / EU (London) Region. “eu-west-2” 8 / EU Region. “EU” 9 / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region. “ap-southeast-1” 10 / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region. “ap-southeast-2” 11 / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region. “ap-northeast-1” 12 / Asia Pacific (Seoul) “ap-northeast-2” 13 / Asia Pacific (Mumbai) “ap-south-1” 14 / South America (Sao Paulo) Region. “sa-east-1” location_constraint> 1 Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3. For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). “private” 2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. “public-read” / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. 3 | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended. “public-read-write” 4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. “authenticated-read” / Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access. 5 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it. “bucket-owner-read” / Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object. 6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it. “bucket-owner-full-control” acl> 1 The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / None "" 2 / AES256 “AES256” server_side_encryption> 1 The storage class to use when storing objects in S3. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Default "" 2 / Standard storage class “STANDARD” 3 / Reduced redundancy storage class “REDUCED_REDUNDANCY” 4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class “STANDARD_IA” 5 / One Zone Infrequent Access storage class “ONEZONE_IA” 6 / Glacier storage class “GLACIER” 7 / Glacier Deep Archive storage class “DEEP_ARCHIVE” 8 / Intelligent-Tiering storage class “INTELLIGENT_TIERING” storage_class> 1 Remote config ——————– [remote] type = s3 provider = AWS env_auth = false access_key_id = XXX secret_access_key = YYY region = us-east-1 endpoint = location_constraint = acl = private server_side_encryption = storage_class = ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d>
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### --update and --use-server-modtime ###
As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is
used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was
last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem,
but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the
metadata.
For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is
sufficient to determine if it is "dirty". By using `--update` along with
`--use-server-modtime`, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload
files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
### Modified time ###
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
`X-Amz-Meta-Mtime` as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.
If the modification time needs to be updated rclone will attempt to perform a server
side copy to update the modification if the object can be copied in a single part.
In the case the object is larger than 5Gb or is in Glacier or Glacier Deep Archive
storage the object will be uploaded rather than copied.
#### Restricted filename characters
S3 allows any valid UTF-8 string as a key.
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
they can't be used in XML.
The following characters are replaced since these are problematic when
dealing with the REST API:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
The encoding will also encode these file names as they don't seem to
work with the SDK properly:
| File name | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----------:|
| . | ． |
| .. | ．． |
### Multipart uploads ###
rclone supports multipart uploads with S3 which means that it can
upload files bigger than 5GB.
Note that files uploaded *both* with multipart upload *and* through
crypt remotes do not have MD5 sums.
rclone switches from single part uploads to multipart uploads at the
point specified by `--s3-upload-cutoff`. This can be a maximum of 5GB
and a minimum of 0 (ie always upload multipart files).
The chunk sizes used in the multipart upload are specified by
`--s3-chunk-size` and the number of chunks uploaded concurrently is
specified by `--s3-upload-concurrency`.
Multipart uploads will use `--transfers` * `--s3-upload-concurrency` *
`--s3-chunk-size` extra memory. Single part uploads to not use extra
memory.
Single part transfers can be faster than multipart transfers or slower
depending on your latency from S3 - the more latency, the more likely
single part transfers will be faster.
Increasing `--s3-upload-concurrency` will increase throughput (8 would
be a sensible value) and increasing `--s3-chunk-size` also increases
throughput (16M would be sensible). Increasing either of these will
use more memory. The default values are high enough to gain most of
the possible performance without using too much memory.
### Buckets and Regions ###
With Amazon S3 you can list buckets (`rclone lsd`) using any region,
but you can only access the content of a bucket from the region it was
created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong region,
you will get an error, `incorrect region, the bucket is not in 'XXX'
region`.
### Authentication ###
There are a number of ways to supply `rclone` with a set of AWS
credentials, with and without using the environment.
The different authentication methods are tried in this order:
- Directly in the rclone configuration file (`env_auth = false` in the config file):
- `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key` are required.
- `session_token` can be optionally set when using AWS STS.
- Runtime configuration (`env_auth = true` in the config file):
- Export the following environment variables before running `rclone`:
- Access Key ID: `AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID` or `AWS_ACCESS_KEY`
- Secret Access Key: `AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY` or `AWS_SECRET_KEY`
- Session Token: `AWS_SESSION_TOKEN` (optional)
- Or, use a [named profile](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/userguide/cli-multiple-profiles.html):
- Profile files are standard files used by AWS CLI tools
- By default it will use the profile in your home directory (eg `~/.aws/credentials` on unix based systems) file and the "default" profile, to change set these environment variables:
- `AWS_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE` to control which file.
- `AWS_PROFILE` to control which profile to use.
- Or, run `rclone` in an ECS task with an IAM role (AWS only).
- Or, run `rclone` on an EC2 instance with an IAM role (AWS only).
If none of these option actually end up providing `rclone` with AWS
credentials then S3 interaction will be non-authenticated (see below).
### S3 Permissions ###
When using the `sync` subcommand of `rclone` the following minimum
permissions are required to be available on the bucket being written to:
* `ListBucket`
* `DeleteObject`
* `GetObject`
* `PutObject`
* `PutObjectACL`
When using the `lsd` subcommand, the `ListAllMyBuckets` permission is required.
Example policy:
{ “Version”: “2012-10-17”, “Statement”: [ { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Principal”: { “AWS”: “arn:aws:iam::USER_SID:user/USER_NAME” }, “Action”: [ “s3:ListBucket”, “s3:DeleteObject”, “s3:GetObject”, “s3:PutObject”, “s3:PutObjectAcl” ], “Resource”: [ "arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME/*“,”arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME" ] }, { “Effect”: “Allow”, “Action”: “s3:ListAllMyBuckets”, “Resource”: "arn:aws:s3:::*" }
] }
Notes on above:
1. This is a policy that can be used when creating bucket. It assumes
that `USER_NAME` has been created.
2. The Resource entry must include both resource ARNs, as one implies
the bucket and the other implies the bucket's objects.
For reference, [here's an Ansible script](https://gist.github.com/ebridges/ebfc9042dd7c756cd101cfa807b7ae2b)
that will generate one or more buckets that will work with `rclone sync`.
### Key Management System (KMS) ###
If you are using server side encryption with KMS then you will find
you can't transfer small objects. As a work-around you can use the
`--ignore-checksum` flag.
A proper fix is being worked on in [issue #1824](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1824).
### Glacier and Glacier Deep Archive ###
You can upload objects using the glacier storage class or transition them to glacier using a [lifecycle policy](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/create-lifecycle.html).
The bucket can still be synced or copied into normally, but if rclone
tries to access data from the glacier storage class you will see an error like below.
2017/09/11 19:07:43 Failed to sync: failed to open source object: Object in GLACIER, restore first: path/to/file
In this case you need to [restore](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/restore-archived-objects.html)
the object(s) in question before using rclone.
Note that rclone only speaks the S3 API it does not speak the Glacier
Vault API, so rclone cannot directly access Glacier Vaults.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/s3/s3.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)).
#### --s3-provider
Choose your S3 provider.
- Config: provider
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROVIDER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "AWS"
- Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
- "Alibaba"
- Alibaba Cloud Object Storage System (OSS) formerly Aliyun
- "Ceph"
- Ceph Object Storage
- "DigitalOcean"
- Digital Ocean Spaces
- "Dreamhost"
- Dreamhost DreamObjects
- "IBMCOS"
- IBM COS S3
- "Minio"
- Minio Object Storage
- "Netease"
- Netease Object Storage (NOS)
- "Wasabi"
- Wasabi Object Storage
- "Other"
- Any other S3 compatible provider
#### --s3-env-auth
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
- Config: env_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENV_AUTH
- Type: bool
- Default: false
- Examples:
- "false"
- Enter AWS credentials in the next step
- "true"
- Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
#### --s3-access-key-id
AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
- Config: access_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-secret-access-key
AWS Secret Access Key (password)
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
- Config: secret_access_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-region
Region to connect to.
- Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "us-east-1"
- The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
- US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
- Leave location constraint empty.
- "us-east-2"
- US East (Ohio) Region
- Needs location constraint us-east-2.
- "us-west-2"
- US West (Oregon) Region
- Needs location constraint us-west-2.
- "us-west-1"
- US West (Northern California) Region
- Needs location constraint us-west-1.
- "ca-central-1"
- Canada (Central) Region
- Needs location constraint ca-central-1.
- "eu-west-1"
- EU (Ireland) Region
- Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.
- "eu-west-2"
- EU (London) Region
- Needs location constraint eu-west-2.
- "eu-north-1"
- EU (Stockholm) Region
- Needs location constraint eu-north-1.
- "eu-central-1"
- EU (Frankfurt) Region
- Needs location constraint eu-central-1.
- "ap-southeast-1"
- Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
- Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
- "ap-southeast-2"
- Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region
- Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.
- "ap-northeast-1"
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
- Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
- "ap-northeast-2"
- Asia Pacific (Seoul)
- Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.
- "ap-south-1"
- Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
- Needs location constraint ap-south-1.
- "sa-east-1"
- South America (Sao Paulo) Region
- Needs location constraint sa-east-1.
#### --s3-region
Region to connect to.
Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don't have a region.
- Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Use this if unsure. Will use v4 signatures and an empty region.
- "other-v2-signature"
- Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API.
Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Cross Region Endpoint
- "s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint
- "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint
- "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint
- "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Cross Region Private Endpoint
- "s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint
- "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint
- "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint
- "s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Region East Endpoint
- "s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Region East Private Endpoint
- "s3.us-south.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- US Region South Endpoint
- "s3.us-south.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- US Region South Private Endpoint
- "s3.eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- EU Cross Region Endpoint
- "s3.fra-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- EU Cross Region Frankfurt Endpoint
- "s3.mil-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- EU Cross Region Milan Endpoint
- "s3.ams-eu-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- EU Cross Region Amsterdam Endpoint
- "s3.eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- EU Cross Region Private Endpoint
- "s3.fra-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- EU Cross Region Frankfurt Private Endpoint
- "s3.mil-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- EU Cross Region Milan Private Endpoint
- "s3.ams-eu-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- EU Cross Region Amsterdam Private Endpoint
- "s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- Great Britain Endpoint
- "s3.eu-gb.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- Great Britain Private Endpoint
- "s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- APAC Cross Regional Endpoint
- "s3.tok-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- APAC Cross Regional Tokyo Endpoint
- "s3.hkg-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- APAC Cross Regional HongKong Endpoint
- "s3.seo-ap-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- APAC Cross Regional Seoul Endpoint
- "s3.ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- APAC Cross Regional Private Endpoint
- "s3.tok-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- APAC Cross Regional Tokyo Private Endpoint
- "s3.hkg-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- APAC Cross Regional HongKong Private Endpoint
- "s3.seo-ap-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- APAC Cross Regional Seoul Private Endpoint
- "s3.mel01.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- Melbourne Single Site Endpoint
- "s3.mel01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- Melbourne Single Site Private Endpoint
- "s3.tor01.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
- Toronto Single Site Endpoint
- "s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
- Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for OSS API.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com"
- East China 1 (Hangzhou)
- "oss-cn-shanghai.aliyuncs.com"
- East China 2 (Shanghai)
- "oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com"
- North China 1 (Qingdao)
- "oss-cn-beijing.aliyuncs.com"
- North China 2 (Beijing)
- "oss-cn-zhangjiakou.aliyuncs.com"
- North China 3 (Zhangjiakou)
- "oss-cn-huhehaote.aliyuncs.com"
- North China 5 (Huhehaote)
- "oss-cn-shenzhen.aliyuncs.com"
- South China 1 (Shenzhen)
- "oss-cn-hongkong.aliyuncs.com"
- Hong Kong (Hong Kong)
- "oss-us-west-1.aliyuncs.com"
- US West 1 (Silicon Valley)
- "oss-us-east-1.aliyuncs.com"
- US East 1 (Virginia)
- "oss-ap-southeast-1.aliyuncs.com"
- Southeast Asia Southeast 1 (Singapore)
- "oss-ap-southeast-2.aliyuncs.com"
- Asia Pacific Southeast 2 (Sydney)
- "oss-ap-southeast-3.aliyuncs.com"
- Southeast Asia Southeast 3 (Kuala Lumpur)
- "oss-ap-southeast-5.aliyuncs.com"
- Asia Pacific Southeast 5 (Jakarta)
- "oss-ap-northeast-1.aliyuncs.com"
- Asia Pacific Northeast 1 (Japan)
- "oss-ap-south-1.aliyuncs.com"
- Asia Pacific South 1 (Mumbai)
- "oss-eu-central-1.aliyuncs.com"
- Central Europe 1 (Frankfurt)
- "oss-eu-west-1.aliyuncs.com"
- West Europe (London)
- "oss-me-east-1.aliyuncs.com"
- Middle East 1 (Dubai)
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for S3 API.
Required when using an S3 clone.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "objects-us-east-1.dream.io"
- Dream Objects endpoint
- "nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com"
- Digital Ocean Spaces New York 3
- "ams3.digitaloceanspaces.com"
- Digital Ocean Spaces Amsterdam 3
- "sgp1.digitaloceanspaces.com"
- Digital Ocean Spaces Singapore 1
- "s3.wasabisys.com"
- Wasabi US East endpoint
- "s3.us-west-1.wasabisys.com"
- Wasabi US West endpoint
- "s3.eu-central-1.wasabisys.com"
- Wasabi EU Central endpoint
#### --s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Used when creating buckets only.
- Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
- "us-east-2"
- US East (Ohio) Region.
- "us-west-2"
- US West (Oregon) Region.
- "us-west-1"
- US West (Northern California) Region.
- "ca-central-1"
- Canada (Central) Region.
- "eu-west-1"
- EU (Ireland) Region.
- "eu-west-2"
- EU (London) Region.
- "eu-north-1"
- EU (Stockholm) Region.
- "EU"
- EU Region.
- "ap-southeast-1"
- Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.
- "ap-southeast-2"
- Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.
- "ap-northeast-1"
- Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.
- "ap-northeast-2"
- Asia Pacific (Seoul)
- "ap-south-1"
- Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
- "sa-east-1"
- South America (Sao Paulo) Region.
#### --s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public.
For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter
- Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "us-standard"
- US Cross Region Standard
- "us-vault"
- US Cross Region Vault
- "us-cold"
- US Cross Region Cold
- "us-flex"
- US Cross Region Flex
- "us-east-standard"
- US East Region Standard
- "us-east-vault"
- US East Region Vault
- "us-east-cold"
- US East Region Cold
- "us-east-flex"
- US East Region Flex
- "us-south-standard"
- US South Region Standard
- "us-south-vault"
- US South Region Vault
- "us-south-cold"
- US South Region Cold
- "us-south-flex"
- US South Region Flex
- "eu-standard"
- EU Cross Region Standard
- "eu-vault"
- EU Cross Region Vault
- "eu-cold"
- EU Cross Region Cold
- "eu-flex"
- EU Cross Region Flex
- "eu-gb-standard"
- Great Britain Standard
- "eu-gb-vault"
- Great Britain Vault
- "eu-gb-cold"
- Great Britain Cold
- "eu-gb-flex"
- Great Britain Flex
- "ap-standard"
- APAC Standard
- "ap-vault"
- APAC Vault
- "ap-cold"
- APAC Cold
- "ap-flex"
- APAC Flex
- "mel01-standard"
- Melbourne Standard
- "mel01-vault"
- Melbourne Vault
- "mel01-cold"
- Melbourne Cold
- "mel01-flex"
- Melbourne Flex
- "tor01-standard"
- Toronto Standard
- "tor01-vault"
- Toronto Vault
- "tor01-cold"
- Toronto Cold
- "tor01-flex"
- Toronto Flex
#### --s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Leave blank if not sure. Used when creating buckets only.
- Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-acl
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
This ACL is used for creating objects and if bucket_acl isn't set, for creating buckets too.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when server side copying objects as S3
doesn't copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
- Config: acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "private"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
- "public-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
- "public-read-write"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
- Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
- "authenticated-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
- "bucket-owner-read"
- Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.
- If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
- "bucket-owner-full-control"
- Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
- If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
- "private"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS
- "public-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS
- "public-read-write"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS
- "authenticated-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS
#### --s3-server-side-encryption
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
- Config: server_side_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- None
- "AES256"
- AES256
- "aws:kms"
- aws:kms
#### --s3-sse-kms-key-id
If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
- Config: sse_kms_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_KMS_KEY_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- None
- "arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:*"
- arn:aws:kms:*
#### --s3-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
- Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Default
- "STANDARD"
- Standard storage class
- "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
- Reduced redundancy storage class
- "STANDARD_IA"
- Standard Infrequent Access storage class
- "ONEZONE_IA"
- One Zone Infrequent Access storage class
- "GLACIER"
- Glacier storage class
- "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
- Glacier Deep Archive storage class
- "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
- Intelligent-Tiering storage class
#### --s3-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS.
- Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Default
- "STANDARD"
- Standard storage class
- "GLACIER"
- Archive storage mode.
- "STANDARD_IA"
- Infrequent access storage mode.
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)).
#### --s3-bucket-acl
Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
Note that this ACL is applied when only when creating buckets. If it
isn't set then "acl" is used instead.
- Config: bucket_acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_BUCKET_ACL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "private"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
- "public-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
- "public-read-write"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
- Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
- "authenticated-read"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
#### --s3-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size.
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5GB.
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 200M
#### --s3-chunk-size
Chunk size to use for uploading.
When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff they will be uploaded
as multipart uploads using this chunk size.
Note that "--s3-upload-concurrency" chunks of this size are buffered
in memory per transfer.
If you are transferring large files over high speed links and you have
enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 5M
#### --s3-disable-checksum
Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
- Config: disable_checksum
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --s3-session-token
An AWS session token
- Config: session_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SESSION_TOKEN
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --s3-upload-concurrency
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently.
If you are uploading small numbers of large file over high speed link
and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing
this may help to speed up the transfers.
- Config: upload_concurrency
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type: int
- Default: 4
#### --s3-force-path-style
If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style.
If this is true (the default) then rclone will use path style access,
if false then rclone will use virtual path style. See [the AWS S3
docs](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro)
for more info.
Some providers (eg Aliyun OSS or Netease COS) require this set to false.
- Config: force_path_style
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_FORCE_PATH_STYLE
- Type: bool
- Default: true
#### --s3-v2-auth
If true use v2 authentication.
If this is false (the default) then rclone will use v4 authentication.
If it is set then rclone will use v2 authentication.
Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
- Config: v2_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_V2_AUTH
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint
If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
See: [AWS S3 Transfer acceleration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration-examples.html)
- Config: use_accelerate_endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_ACCELERATE_ENDPOINT
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --s3-leave-parts-on-error
If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions.
WARNING: Storing parts of an incomplete multipart upload counts towards space usage on S3 and will add additional costs if not cleaned up.
- Config: leave_parts_on_error
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Anonymous access to public buckets ###
If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a
blank `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key`. Your config should end
up looking like this:
[anons3] type = s3 provider = AWS env_auth = false access_key_id = secret_access_key = region = us-east-1 endpoint = location_constraint = acl = private server_side_encryption = storage_class =
Then use it as normal with the name of the public bucket, eg
rclone lsd anons3:1000genomes
You will be able to list and copy data but not upload it.
### Ceph ###
[Ceph](https://ceph.com/) is an open source unified, distributed
storage system designed for excellent performance, reliability and
scalability. It has an S3 compatible object storage interface.
To use rclone with Ceph, configure as above but leave the region blank
and set the endpoint. You should end up with something like this in
your config:
[ceph] type = s3 provider = Ceph env_auth = false access_key_id = XXX secret_access_key = YYY region = endpoint = https://ceph.endpoint.example.com location_constraint = acl = server_side_encryption = storage_class =
If you are using an older version of CEPH, eg 10.2.x Jewel, then you
may need to supply the parameter `--s3-upload-cutoff 0` or put this in
the config file as `upload_cutoff 0` to work around a bug which causes
uploading of small files to fail.
Note also that Ceph sometimes puts `/` in the passwords it gives
users. If you read the secret access key using the command line tools
you will get a JSON blob with the `/` escaped as `\/`. Make sure you
only write `/` in the secret access key.
Eg the dump from Ceph looks something like this (irrelevant keys
removed).
{ “user_id”: “xxx”, “display_name”: “xxxx”, “keys”: [ { “user”: “xxx”, “access_key”: “xxxxxx”, “secret_key”: “xxxxxx/xxxx” } ], }
Because this is a json dump, it is encoding the `/` as `\/`, so if you
use the secret key as `xxxxxx/xxxx` it will work fine.
### Dreamhost ###
Dreamhost [DreamObjects](https://www.dreamhost.com/cloud/storage/) is
an object storage system based on CEPH.
To use rclone with Dreamhost, configure as above but leave the region blank
and set the endpoint. You should end up with something like this in
your config:
[dreamobjects] type = s3 provider = DreamHost env_auth = false access_key_id = your_access_key secret_access_key = your_secret_key region = endpoint = objects-us-west-1.dream.io location_constraint = acl = private server_side_encryption = storage_class =
### DigitalOcean Spaces ###
[Spaces](https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/) is an [S3-interoperable](https://developers.digitalocean.com/documentation/spaces/) object storage service from cloud provider DigitalOcean.
To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can be retrieved on the "[Applications & API](https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens)" page of the DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when promted by `rclone config` for your `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key`.
When prompted for a `region` or `location_constraint`, press enter to use the default value. The region must be included in the `endpoint` setting (e.g. `nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com`). The default values can be used for other settings.
Going through the whole process of creating a new remote by running `rclone config`, each prompt should be answered as shown below:
Storage> s3 env_auth> 1 access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_KEY region> endpoint> nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com location_constraint> acl> storage_class>
The resulting configuration file should look like:
[spaces] type = s3 provider = DigitalOcean env_auth = false access_key_id = YOUR_ACCESS_KEY secret_access_key = YOUR_SECRET_KEY region = endpoint = nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com location_constraint = acl = server_side_encryption = storage_class =
Once configured, you can create a new Space and begin copying files. For example:
rclone mkdir spaces:my-new-space rclone copy /path/to/files spaces:my-new-space
### IBM COS (S3) ###
Information stored with IBM Cloud Object Storage is encrypted and dispersed across multiple geographic locations, and accessed through an implementation of the S3 API. This service makes use of the distributed storage technologies provided by IBM’s Cloud Object Storage System (formerly Cleversafe). For more information visit: (http://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage)
To configure access to IBM COS S3, follow the steps below:
1. Run rclone config and select n for a new remote.2018/02/14 14:13:11 NOTICE: Config file "C:\\Users\\a\\.config\\rclone\\rclone.conf" not found - using defaults
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
2. Enter the name for the configurationname> <YOUR NAME>
3. Select "s3" storage.Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Alias for an existing remote “alias” 2 / Amazon Drive “amazon cloud drive” 3 / Amazon S3 Complaint Storage Providers (Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio, IBM COS) “s3” 4 / Backblaze B2 “b2” [snip] 23 / http Connection “http” Storage> 3
4. Select IBM COS as the S3 Storage Provider.Choose the S3 provider. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Choose this option to configure Storage to AWS S3 “AWS” 2 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Ceph Systems “Ceph” 3 / Choose this option to configure Storage to Dreamhost “Dreamhost” 4 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to IBM COS S3 “IBMCOS” 5 / Choose this option to the configure Storage to Minio “Minio” Provider>4
5. Enter the Access Key and Secret.AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> <>
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> <>
6. Specify the endpoint for IBM COS. For Public IBM COS, choose from the option below. For On Premise IBM COS, enter an enpoint address.Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API.
Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / US Cross Region Endpoint
\ "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
2 / US Cross Region Dallas Endpoint
\ "s3-api.dal.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
3 / US Cross Region Washington DC Endpoint
\ "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
4 / US Cross Region San Jose Endpoint
\ "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
5 / US Cross Region Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
6 / US Cross Region Dallas Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.dal-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
7 / US Cross Region Washington DC Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.wdc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
8 / US Cross Region San Jose Private Endpoint
\ "s3-api.sjc-us-geo.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
9 / US Region East Endpoint
\ "s3.us-east.objectstorage.softlayer.net"
10 / US Region East Private Endpoint
\ "s3.us-east.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com"
11 / US Region South Endpoint[snip] 34 / Toronto Single Site Private Endpoint “s3.tor01.objectstorage.service.networklayer.com” endpoint>1
7. Specify a IBM COS Location Constraint. The location constraint must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public. For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter 1 / US Cross Region Standard
\ "us-standard"
2 / US Cross Region Vault
\ "us-vault"
3 / US Cross Region Cold
\ "us-cold"
4 / US Cross Region Flex
\ "us-flex"
5 / US East Region Standard
\ "us-east-standard"
6 / US East Region Vault
\ "us-east-vault"
7 / US East Region Cold
\ "us-east-cold"
8 / US East Region Flex
\ "us-east-flex"
9 / US South Region Standard
\ "us-south-standard"
10 / US South Region Vault
\ "us-south-vault"[snip] 32 / Toronto Flex “tor01-flex” location_constraint>1
9. Specify a canned ACL. IBM Cloud (Strorage) supports "public-read" and "private". IBM Cloud(Infra) supports all the canned ACLs. On-Premise COS supports all the canned ACLs.Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3. For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise COS “private” 2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), IBM Cloud (Storage), On-Premise IBM COS “public-read” 3 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra), On-Premise IBM COS “public-read-write” 4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access. Not supported on Buckets. This acl is available on IBM Cloud (Infra) and On-Premise IBM COS “authenticated-read” acl> 1
12. Review the displayed configuration and accept to save the "remote" then quit. The config file should look like this[xxx]
type = s3
Provider = IBMCOS
access_key_id = xxx
secret_access_key = yyy
endpoint = s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net
location_constraint = us-standard
acl = private
13. Execute rclone commands1) Create a bucket.
rclone mkdir IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
2) List available buckets.
rclone lsd IBM-COS-XREGION:
-1 2017-11-08 21:16:22 -1 test
-1 2018-02-14 20:16:39 -1 newbucket
3) List contents of a bucket.
rclone ls IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
18685952 test.exe
4) Copy a file from local to remote.
rclone copy /Users/file.txt IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
5) Copy a file from remote to local.
rclone copy IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt .
6) Delete a file on remote.
rclone delete IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt
### Minio ###
[Minio](https://minio.io/) is an object storage server built for cloud application developers and devops.
It is very easy to install and provides an S3 compatible server which can be used by rclone.
To use it, install Minio following the instructions [here](https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-quickstart-guide).
When it configures itself Minio will print something like this
Endpoint: http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000 AccessKey: USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE SecretKey: MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03 Region: us-east-1 SQS ARNs: arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:1:redis arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:2:redis
Browser Access: http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000
Command-line Access: https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-client-quickstart-guide $ mc config host add myminio http://192.168.1.106:9000 USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
Object API (Amazon S3 compatible): Go: https://docs.minio.io/docs/golang-client-quickstart-guide Java: https://docs.minio.io/docs/java-client-quickstart-guide Python: https://docs.minio.io/docs/python-client-quickstart-guide JavaScript: https://docs.minio.io/docs/javascript-client-quickstart-guide .NET: https://docs.minio.io/docs/dotnet-client-quickstart-guide
Drive Capacity: 26 GiB Free, 165 GiB Total
These details need to go into `rclone config` like this. Note that it
is important to put the region in as stated above.
env_auth> 1 access_key_id> USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE secret_access_key> MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03 region> us-east-1 endpoint> http://192.168.1.106:9000 location_constraint> server_side_encryption>
Which makes the config file look like this
[minio] type = s3 provider = Minio env_auth = false access_key_id = USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE secret_access_key = MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03 region = us-east-1 endpoint = http://192.168.1.106:9000 location_constraint = server_side_encryption =
So once set up, for example to copy files into a bucket
rclone copy /path/to/files minio:bucket
### Scaleway {#scaleway}
[Scaleway](https://www.scaleway.com/object-storage/) The Object Storage platform allows you to store anything from backups, logs and web assets to documents and photos.
Files can be dropped from the Scaleway console or transferred through our API and CLI or using any S3-compatible tool.
Scaleway provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with rclone like this:
[scaleway] type = s3 env_auth = false endpoint = s3.nl-ams.scw.cloud access_key_id = SCWXXXXXXXXXXXXXX secret_access_key = 1111111-2222-3333-44444-55555555555555 region = nl-ams location_constraint = acl = private force_path_style = false server_side_encryption = storage_class =
### Wasabi ###
[Wasabi](https://wasabi.com) is a cloud-based object storage service for a
broad range of applications and use cases. Wasabi is designed for
individuals and organizations that require a high-performance,
reliable, and secure data storage infrastructure at minimal cost.
Wasabi provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with
rclone like this.
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password n/s> n name> wasabi Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio) “s3” [snip] Storage> s3 Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step “false” 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM) “true” env_auth> 1 AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. access_key_id> YOURACCESSKEY AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. secret_access_key> YOURSECRETACCESSKEY Region to connect to. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value / The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure. 1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest. | Leave location constraint empty. “us-east-1” [snip] region> us-east-1 Endpoint for S3 API. Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region. Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph. endpoint> s3.wasabisys.com Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest. "" [snip] location_constraint> Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3. For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). “private” [snip] acl> The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / None "" 2 / AES256 “AES256” server_side_encryption> The storage class to use when storing objects in S3. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Default "" 2 / Standard storage class “STANDARD” 3 / Reduced redundancy storage class “REDUCED_REDUNDANCY” 4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class “STANDARD_IA” storage_class> Remote config ——————– [wasabi] env_auth = false access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY region = us-east-1 endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com location_constraint = acl = server_side_encryption = storage_class = ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
This will leave the config file looking like this.
[wasabi] type = s3 provider = Wasabi env_auth = false access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY region = endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com location_constraint = acl = server_side_encryption = storage_class =
### Alibaba OSS {#alibaba-oss}
Here is an example of making an [Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) OSS](https://www.alibabacloud.com/product/oss/)
configuration. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> oss Type of storage to configure. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] 4 / Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc) ”s3" [snip] Storage> s3 Choose your S3 provider. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3 ”AWS" 2 / Alibaba Cloud Object Storage System (OSS) formerly Aliyun “Alibaba” 3 / Ceph Object Storage “Ceph” [snip] provider> Alibaba Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (“false”). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step “false” 2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM) “true” env_auth> 1 AWS Access Key ID. Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). access_key_id> accesskeyid AWS Secret Access Key (password) Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (”“). secret_access_key> secretaccesskey Endpoint for OSS API. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (”“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / East China 1 (Hangzhou) ”oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com" 2 / East China 2 (Shanghai) “oss-cn-shanghai.aliyuncs.com” 3 / North China 1 (Qingdao) “oss-cn-qingdao.aliyuncs.com” [snip] endpoint> 1 Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
Note that this ACL is applied when server side copying objects as S3 doesn’t copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default). ”private" 2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access. “public-read” / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access. [snip] acl> 1 The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Default ”" 2 / Standard storage class “STANDARD” 3 / Archive storage mode. “GLACIER” 4 / Infrequent access storage mode. “STANDARD_IA” storage_class> 1 Edit advanced config? (y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config ——————– [oss] type = s3 provider = Alibaba env_auth = false access_key_id = accesskeyid secret_access_key = secretaccesskey endpoint = oss-cn-hangzhou.aliyuncs.com acl = private storage_class = Standard ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
### Netease NOS ###
For Netease NOS configure as per the configurator `rclone config`
setting the provider `Netease`. This will automatically set
`force_path_style = false` which is necessary for it to run properly.
Backblaze B2
----------------------------------------
B2 is [Backblaze's cloud storage system](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/).
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
Here is an example of making a b2 configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process. To authenticate
you will either need your Account ID (a short hex number) and Master
Application Key (a long hex number) OR an Application Key, which is the
recommended method. See below for further details on generating and using
an Application Key.
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote q) Quit config n/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Backblaze B2 “b2” [snip] Storage> b2 Account ID or Application Key ID account> 123456789abc Application Key key> 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789 Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally. endpoint> Remote config ——————– [remote] account = 123456789abc key = 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789 endpoint = ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
Create a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any
excess files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
### Application Keys ###
B2 supports multiple [Application Keys for different access permission
to B2 Buckets](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/application_keys.html).
You can use these with rclone too; you will need to use rclone version 1.43
or later.
Follow Backblaze's docs to create an Application Key with the required
permission and add the `applicationKeyId` as the `account` and the
`Application Key` itself as the `key`.
Note that you must put the _applicationKeyId_ as the `account` – you
can't use the master Account ID. If you try then B2 will return 401
errors.
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### Modified time ###
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
`X-Bz-Info-src_last_modified_millis` as milliseconds since 1970-01-01
in the Backblaze standard. Other tools should be able to use this as
a modified time.
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported. Note that
if a modification time needs to be updated on an object then it will
create a new version of the object.
#### Restricted filename characters
In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can't be used in JSON strings.
### SHA1 checksums ###
The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and
will be used in the syncing process.
Large files (bigger than the limit in `--b2-upload-cutoff`) which are
uploaded in chunks will store their SHA1 on the object as
`X-Bz-Info-large_file_sha1` as recommended by Backblaze.
For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source
needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1
checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1.
See [the overview](/overview/#features) for exactly which remotes
support SHA1.
Sources which don't support SHA1, in particular `crypt` will upload
large files without SHA1 checksums. This may be fixed in the future
(see [#1767](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1767)).
Files sizes below `--b2-upload-cutoff` will always have an SHA1
regardless of the source.
### Transfers ###
Backblaze recommends that you do lots of transfers simultaneously for
maximum speed. In tests from my SSD equipped laptop the optimum
setting is about `--transfers 32` though higher numbers may be used
for a slight speed improvement. The optimum number for you may vary
depending on your hardware, how big the files are, how much you want
to load your computer, etc. The default of `--transfers 4` is
definitely too low for Backblaze B2 though.
Note that uploading big files (bigger than 200 MB by default) will use
a 96 MB RAM buffer by default. There can be at most `--transfers` of
these in use at any moment, so this sets the upper limit on the memory
used.
### Versions ###
When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a [new version
of it](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/file_versions.html).
Likewise when you delete a file, the old version will be marked hidden
and still be available. Conversely, you may opt in to a "hard delete"
of files with the `--b2-hard-delete` flag which would permanently remove
the file instead of hiding it.
Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the
`--b2-versions` flag.
**NB** Note that `--b2-versions` does not work with crypt at the
moment [#1627](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1627). Using
[--backup-dir](/docs/#backup-dir-dir) with rclone is the recommended
way of working around this.
If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the
`rclone cleanup remote:bucket` command which will delete all the old
versions of files, leaving the current ones intact. You can also
supply a path and only old versions under that path will be deleted,
eg `rclone cleanup remote:bucket/path/to/stuff`.
Note that `cleanup` will remove partially uploaded files from the bucket
if they are more than a day old.
When you `purge` a bucket, the current and the old versions will be
deleted then the bucket will be deleted.
However `delete` will cause the current versions of the files to
become hidden old versions.
Here is a session showing the listing and retrieval of an old
version followed by a `cleanup` of the old versions.
Show current version and all the versions with `--b2-versions` flag.
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt
$ rclone -q –b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt 8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt 16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt 15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
Retrieve an old version
$ rclone -q –b2-versions copy b2:cleanup-test/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt /tmp
$ ls -l /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt -rw-rw-r– 1 ncw ncw 16 Jul 2 17:46 /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
Clean up all the old versions and show that they've gone.
$ rclone -q cleanup b2:cleanup-test
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt
$ rclone -q –b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt
### Data usage ###
It is useful to know how many requests are sent to the server in different scenarios.
All copy commands send the following 4 requests:
/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account /b2api/v1/b2_create_bucket /b2api/v1/b2_list_buckets /b2api/v1/b2_list_file_names
The `b2_list_file_names` request will be sent once for every 1k files
in the remote path, providing the checksum and modification time of
the listed files. As of version 1.33 issue
[#818](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/818) causes extra requests
to be sent when using B2 with Crypt. When a copy operation does not
require any files to be uploaded, no more requests will be sent.
Uploading files that do not require chunking, will send 2 requests per
file upload:
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_url /b2api/v1/b2_upload_file/
Uploading files requiring chunking, will send 2 requests (one each to
start and finish the upload) and another 2 requests for each chunk:
/b2api/v1/b2_start_large_file /b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_part_url /b2api/v1/b2_upload_part/ /b2api/v1/b2_finish_large_file
#### Versions ####
Versions can be viewed with the `--b2-versions` flag. When it is set
rclone will show and act on older versions of files. For example
Listing without `--b2-versions`
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt
And with
$ rclone -q –b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test 9 one.txt 8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt 16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt 15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt
Showing that the current version is unchanged but older versions can
be seen. These have the UTC date that they were uploaded to the
server to the nearest millisecond appended to them.
Note that when using `--b2-versions` no file write operations are
permitted, so you can't upload files or delete them.
### B2 and rclone link ###
Rclone supports generating file share links for private B2 buckets.
They can either be for a file for example:
./rclone link B2:bucket/path/to/file.txt https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/to/file.txt?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
or if run on a directory you will get:
./rclone link B2:bucket/path https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
you can then use the authorization token (the part of the url from the
`?Authorization=` on) on any file path under that directory. For example:
https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/to/file1?Authorization=xxxxxxxx https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/file2?Authorization=xxxxxxxx https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/folder/file3?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/b2/b2.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).
#### --b2-account
Account ID or Application Key ID
- Config: account
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ACCOUNT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-key
Application Key
- Config: key
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_KEY
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-hard-delete
Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
- Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).
#### --b2-endpoint
Endpoint for the service.
Leave blank normally.
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-test-mode
A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
This is for debugging purposes only. Setting it to one of the strings
below will cause b2 to return specific errors:
* "fail_some_uploads"
* "expire_some_account_authorization_tokens"
* "force_cap_exceeded"
These will be set in the "X-Bz-Test-Mode" header which is documented
in the [b2 integrations checklist](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html).
- Config: test_mode
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_TEST_MODE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-versions
Include old versions in directory listings.
Note that when using this no file write operations are permitted,
so you can't upload files or delete them.
- Config: versions
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_VERSIONS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --b2-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of "--b2-chunk-size".
This value should be set no larger than 4.657GiB (== 5GB).
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 200M
#### --b2-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory.
When uploading large files, chunk the file into this size. Note that
these chunks are buffered in memory and there might a maximum of
"--transfers" chunks in progress at once. 5,000,000 Bytes is the
minimum size.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 96M
#### --b2-disable-checksum
Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
- Config: disable_checksum
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --b2-download-url
Custom endpoint for downloads.
This is usually set to a Cloudflare CDN URL as Backblaze offers
free egress for data downloaded through the Cloudflare network.
This is probably only useful for a public bucket.
Leave blank if you want to use the endpoint provided by Backblaze.
- Config: download_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --b2-download-auth-duration
Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d.
The duration before the download authorization token will expire.
The minimum value is 1 second. The maximum value is one week.
- Config: download_auth_duration
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_AUTH_DURATION
- Type: Duration
- Default: 1w
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Box
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for Box involves getting a token from Box which you
can do either in your browser, or with a config.json downloaded from Box
to use JWT authentication. `rclone config` walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Box “box” [snip] Storage> box Box App Client Id - leave blank normally. client_id> Box App Client Secret - leave blank normally. client_secret> Box App config.json location Leave blank normally. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). config_json> ‘enterprise’ or ‘user’ depending on the type of token being requested. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (”user“). box_sub_type> Remote config Use auto config? * Say Y if not sure * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn’t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize rclone for access Waiting for code… Got code ——————– [remote] client_id = client_secret = token = {”access_token“:”XXX“,”token_type“:”bearer“,”refresh_token“:”XXX“,”expiry“:”XXX"} ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Box. This only runs from the moment it opens
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This
is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to unblock
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your Box
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your Box
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an Box directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Using rclone with an Enterprise account with SSO ###
If you have an "Enterprise" account type with Box with single sign on
(SSO), you need to create a password to use Box with rclone. This can
be done at your Enterprise Box account by going to Settings, "Account"
Tab, and then set the password in the "Authentication" field.
Once you have done this, you can setup your Enterprise Box account
using the same procedure detailed above in the, using the password you
have just set.
### Invalid refresh token ###
According to the [box docs](https://developer.box.com/v2.0/docs/oauth-20#section-6-using-the-access-and-refresh-tokens):
> Each refresh_token is valid for one use in 60 days.
This means that if you
* Don't use the box remote for 60 days
* Copy the config file with a box refresh token in and use it in two places
* Get an error on a token refresh
then rclone will return an error which includes the text `Invalid
refresh token`.
To fix this you will need to use oauth2 again to update the refresh
token. You can use the methods in [the remote setup
docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/), bearing in mind that if you use the copy the
config file method, you should not use that remote on the computer you
did the authentication on.
Here is how to do it.
$ rclone config Current remotes:
Name Type ==== ==== remote box
### Modified time and hashes ###
Box allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.
Box supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the `--checksum`
flag.
#### Restricted filename characters
In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
File names can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can't be used in JSON strings.
### Transfers ###
For files above 50MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will
upload up to `--transfers` chunks at the same time (shared among all
the multipart uploads). Chunks are buffered in memory and are
normally 8MB so increasing `--transfers` will increase memory use.
### Deleting files ###
Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will
either be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/box/box.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to box (Box).
#### --box-client-id
Box App Client Id.
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --box-client-secret
Box App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --box-box-config-file
Box App config.json location
Leave blank normally.
- Config: box_config_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_CONFIG_FILE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --box-box-sub-type
- Config: box_sub_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_SUB_TYPE
- Type: string
- Default: "user"
- Examples:
- "user"
- Rclone should act on behalf of a user
- "enterprise"
- Rclone should act on behalf of a service account
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).
#### --box-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB).
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 50M
#### --box-commit-retries
Max number of times to try committing a multipart file.
- Config: commit_retries
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_COMMIT_RETRIES
- Type: int
- Default: 100
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that Box is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
Box file names can't have the `\` character in. rclone maps this to
and from an identical looking unicode equivalent `＼`.
Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
Cache (BETA)
-----------------------------------------
The `cache` remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure
and its data for long running tasks like `rclone mount`.
To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured
with `cache`.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `test-cache`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote r) Rename remote c) Copy remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/r/c/s/q> n name> test-cache Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Cache a remote “cache” [snip] Storage> cache Remote to cache. Normally should contain a ‘:’ and a path, eg “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended). remote> local:/test Optional: The URL of the Plex server plex_url> http://127.0.0.1:32400 Optional: The username of the Plex user plex_username> dummyusername Optional: The password of the Plex user y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password n) No leave this optional password blank y/g/n> y Enter the password: password: Confirm the password: password: The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading. Default: 5M Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / 1MB “1m” 2 / 5 MB “5M” 3 / 10 MB “10M” chunk_size> 2 How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. Use a very high value if you don’t plan on changing the source FS from outside the cache. Accepted units are: “s”, “m”, “h”. Default: 5m Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / 1 hour “1h” 2 / 24 hours “24h” 3 / 24 hours “48h” info_age> 2 The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted. Default: 10G Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / 500 MB “500M” 2 / 1 GB “1G” 3 / 10 GB “10G” chunk_total_size> 3 Remote config ——————– [test-cache] remote = local:/test plex_url = http://127.0.0.1:32400 plex_username = dummyusername plex_password = *** ENCRYPTED *** chunk_size = 5M info_age = 48h chunk_total_size = 10G
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your drive
rclone lsd test-cache:
List all the files in your drive
rclone ls test-cache:
To start a cached mount
rclone mount --allow-other test-cache: /var/tmp/test-cache
### Write Features ###
### Offline uploading ###
In an effort to make writing through cache more reliable, the backend
now supports this feature which can be activated by specifying a
`cache-tmp-upload-path`.
A files goes through these states when using this feature:
1. An upload is started (usually by copying a file on the cache remote)
2. When the copy to the temporary location is complete the file is part
of the cached remote and looks and behaves like any other file (reading included)
3. After `cache-tmp-wait-time` passes and the file is next in line, `rclone move`
is used to move the file to the cloud provider
4. Reading the file still works during the upload but most modifications on it will be prohibited
5. Once the move is complete the file is unlocked for modifications as it
becomes as any other regular file
6. If the file is being read through `cache` when it's actually
deleted from the temporary path then `cache` will simply swap the source
to the cloud provider without interrupting the reading (small blip can happen though)
Files are uploaded in sequence and only one file is uploaded at a time.
Uploads will be stored in a queue and be processed based on the order they were added.
The queue and the temporary storage is persistent across restarts but
can be cleared on startup with the `--cache-db-purge` flag.
### Write Support ###
Writes are supported through `cache`.
One caveat is that a mounted cache remote does not add any retry or fallback
mechanism to the upload operation. This will depend on the implementation
of the wrapped remote. Consider using `Offline uploading` for reliable writes.
One special case is covered with `cache-writes` which will cache the file
data at the same time as the upload when it is enabled making it available
from the cache store immediately once the upload is finished.
### Read Features ###
#### Multiple connections ####
To counter the high latency between a local PC where rclone is running
and cloud providers, the cache remote can split multiple requests to the
cloud provider for smaller file chunks and combines them together locally
where they can be available almost immediately before the reader usually
needs them.
This is similar to buffering when media files are played online. Rclone
will stay around the current marker but always try its best to stay ahead
and prepare the data before.
#### Plex Integration ####
There is a direct integration with Plex which allows cache to detect during reading
if the file is in playback or not. This helps cache to adapt how it queries
the cloud provider depending on what is needed for.
Scans will have a minimum amount of workers (1) while in a confirmed playback cache
will deploy the configured number of workers.
This integration opens the doorway to additional performance improvements
which will be explored in the near future.
**Note:** If Plex options are not configured, `cache` will function with its
configured options without adapting any of its settings.
How to enable? Run `rclone config` and add all the Plex options (endpoint, username
and password) in your remote and it will be automatically enabled.
Affected settings:
- `cache-workers`: _Configured value_ during confirmed playback or _1_ all the other times
##### Certificate Validation #####
When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it is
possible to use `.plex.direct` URL's to ensure certificate validation succeeds.
These URL's are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.
The format for this URL's is the following:
https://ip-with-dots-replaced.server-hash.plex.direct:32400/
The `ip-with-dots-replaced` part can be any IPv4 address, where the dots
have been replaced with dashes, e.g. `127.0.0.1` becomes `127-0-0-1`.
To get the `server-hash` part, the easiest way is to visit
https://plex.tv/api/resources?includeHttps=1&X-Plex-Token=your-plex-token
This page will list all the available Plex servers for your account
with at least one `.plex.direct` link for each. Copy one URL and replace
the IP address with the desired address. This can be used as the
`plex_url` value.
### Known issues ###
#### Mount and --dir-cache-time ####
--dir-cache-time controls the first layer of directory caching which works at the mount layer.
Being an independent caching mechanism from the `cache` backend, it will manage its own entries
based on the configured time.
To avoid getting in a scenario where dir cache has obsolete data and cache would have the correct
one, try to set `--dir-cache-time` to a lower time than `--cache-info-age`. Default values are
already configured in this way.
#### Windows support - Experimental ####
There are a couple of issues with Windows `mount` functionality that still require some investigations.
It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for this OS.
Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems
on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant on them.
Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.
- https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1935
- https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1907
- https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1834
#### Risk of throttling ####
Future iterations of the cache backend will make use of the pooling functionality
of the cloud provider to synchronize and at the same time make writing through it
more tolerant to failures.
There are a couple of enhancements in track to add these but in the meantime
there is a valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud provider
throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.
Some recommendations:
- don't use a very small interval for entry informations (`--cache-info-age`)
- while writes aren't yet optimised, you can still write through `cache` which gives you the advantage
of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.
Future enhancements:
- https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1937
- https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1936
#### cache and crypt ####
One common scenario is to keep your data encrypted in the cloud provider
using the `crypt` remote. `crypt` uses a similar technique to wrap around
an existing remote and handles this translation in a seamless way.
There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order:
<span style="color:red">**cloud remote** -> **crypt** -> **cache**</span>
During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order.
I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider
which makes it think we're downloading the full file instead of small chunks.
Organizing the remotes in this order yields better results:
<span style="color:green">**cloud remote** -> **cache** -> **crypt**</span>
#### absolute remote paths ####
`cache` can not differentiate between relative and absolute paths for the wrapped remote.
Any path given in the `remote` config setting and on the command line will be passed to
the wrapped remote as is, but for storing the chunks on disk the path will be made
relative by removing any leading `/` character.
This behavior is irrelevant for most backend types, but there are backends where a leading `/`
changes the effective directory, e.g. in the `sftp` backend paths starting with a `/` are
relative to the root of the SSH server and paths without are relative to the user home directory.
As a result `sftp:bin` and `sftp:/bin` will share the same cache folder, even if they represent
a different directory on the SSH server.
### Cache and Remote Control (--rc) ###
Cache supports the new `--rc` mode in rclone and can be remote controlled through the following end points:
By default, the listener is disabled if you do not add the flag.
### rc cache/expire
Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file.
It supports both encrypted and unencrypted file names if cache is wrapped by crypt.
Params:
- **remote** = path to remote **(required)**
- **withData** = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well _(optional, false by default)_
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/cache/cache.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to cache (Cache a remote).
#### --cache-remote
Remote to cache.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
- Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_REMOTE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-plex-url
The URL of the Plex server
- Config: plex_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_URL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-plex-username
The username of the Plex user
- Config: plex_username
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_USERNAME
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-plex-password
The password of the Plex user
- Config: plex_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_PASSWORD
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-chunk-size
The size of a chunk (partial file data).
Use lower numbers for slower connections. If the chunk size is
changed, any downloaded chunks will be invalid and cache-chunk-path
will need to be cleared or unexpected EOF errors will occur.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 5M
- Examples:
- "1m"
- 1MB
- "5M"
- 5 MB
- "10M"
- 10 MB
#### --cache-info-age
How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc).
If all write operations are done through the cache then you can safely make
this value very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time.
- Config: info_age
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_INFO_AGE
- Type: Duration
- Default: 6h0m0s
- Examples:
- "1h"
- 1 hour
- "24h"
- 24 hours
- "48h"
- 48 hours
#### --cache-chunk-total-size
The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk.
If the cache exceeds this value then it will start to delete the
oldest chunks until it goes under this value.
- Config: chunk_total_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_TOTAL_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 10G
- Examples:
- "500M"
- 500 MB
- "1G"
- 1 GB
- "10G"
- 10 GB
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to cache (Cache a remote).
#### --cache-plex-token
The plex token for authentication - auto set normally
- Config: plex_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_TOKEN
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-plex-insecure
Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
- Config: plex_insecure
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-db-path
Directory to store file structure metadata DB.
The remote name is used as the DB file name.
- Config: db_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PATH
- Type: string
- Default: "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend"
#### --cache-chunk-path
Directory to cache chunk files.
Path to where partial file data (chunks) are stored locally. The remote
name is appended to the final path.
This config follows the "--cache-db-path". If you specify a custom
location for "--cache-db-path" and don't specify one for "--cache-chunk-path"
then "--cache-chunk-path" will use the same path as "--cache-db-path".
- Config: chunk_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_PATH
- Type: string
- Default: "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend"
#### --cache-db-purge
Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
- Config: db_purge
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PURGE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --cache-chunk-clean-interval
How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage.
The default value should be ok for most people. If you find that the
cache goes over "cache-chunk-total-size" too often then try to lower
this value to force it to perform cleanups more often.
- Config: chunk_clean_interval
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_CLEAN_INTERVAL
- Type: Duration
- Default: 1m0s
#### --cache-read-retries
How many times to retry a read from a cache storage.
Since reading from a cache stream is independent from downloading file
data, readers can get to a point where there's no more data in the
cache. Most of the times this can indicate a connectivity issue if
cache isn't able to provide file data anymore.
For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is
able to provide data but your experience will be very stuttering.
- Config: read_retries
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_READ_RETRIES
- Type: int
- Default: 10
#### --cache-workers
How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks.
Higher values will mean more parallel processing (better CPU needed)
and more concurrent requests on the cloud provider. This impacts
several aspects like the cloud provider API limits, more stress on the
hardware that rclone runs on but it also means that streams will be
more fluid and data will be available much more faster to readers.
**Note**: If the optional Plex integration is enabled then this
setting will adapt to the type of reading performed and the value
specified here will be used as a maximum number of workers to use.
- Config: workers
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WORKERS
- Type: int
- Default: 4
#### --cache-chunk-no-memory
Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
By default, cache will keep file data during streaming in RAM as well
to provide it to readers as fast as possible.
This transient data is evicted as soon as it is read and the number of
chunks stored doesn't exceed the number of workers. However, depending
on other settings like "cache-chunk-size" and "cache-workers" this footprint
can increase if there are parallel streams too (multiple files being read
at the same time).
If the hardware permits it, use this feature to provide an overall better
performance during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not
available on the local machine.
- Config: chunk_no_memory
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_NO_MEMORY
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --cache-rps
Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable)
This setting places a hard limit on the number of requests per second
that cache will be doing to the cloud provider remote and try to
respect that value by setting waits between reads.
If you find that you're getting banned or limited on the cloud
provider through cache and know that a smaller number of requests per
second will allow you to work with it then you can use this setting
for that.
A good balance of all the other settings should make this setting
useless but it is available to set for more special cases.
**NOTE**: This will limit the number of requests during streams but
other API calls to the cloud provider like directory listings will
still pass.
- Config: rps
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_RPS
- Type: int
- Default: -1
#### --cache-writes
Cache file data on writes through the FS
If you need to read files immediately after you upload them through
cache you can enable this flag to have their data stored in the
cache store at the same time during upload.
- Config: writes
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WRITES
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --cache-tmp-upload-path
Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
This is the path where cache will use as a temporary storage for new
files that need to be uploaded to the cloud provider.
Specifying a value will enable this feature. Without it, it is
completely disabled and files will be uploaded directly to the cloud
provider
- Config: tmp_upload_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_UPLOAD_PATH
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --cache-tmp-wait-time
How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded
This is the duration that a file must wait in the temporary location
_cache-tmp-upload-path_ before it is selected for upload.
Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer
to start the upload if a queue formed for this purpose.
- Config: tmp_wait_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_WAIT_TIME
- Type: Duration
- Default: 15s
#### --cache-db-wait-time
How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited
Only one process can have the DB open at any one time, so rclone waits
for this duration for the DB to become available before it gives an
error.
If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.
- Config: db_wait_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_WAIT_TIME
- Type: Duration
- Default: 1s
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Chunker (BETA)
----------------------------------------
The `chunker` overlay transparently splits large files into smaller chunks
during upload to wrapped remote and transparently assembles them back
when the file is downloaded. This allows to effectively overcome size limits
imposed by storage providers.
To use it, first set up the underlying remote following the configuration
instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of
a remote.
First check your chosen remote is working - we'll call it `remote:path` here.
Note that anything inside `remote:path` will be chunked and anything outside
won't. This means that if you are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift)
then you should probably put the bucket in the remote `s3:bucket`.
Now configure `chunker` using `rclone config`. We will call this one `overlay`
to separate it from the `remote` itself.
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> overlay Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Transparently chunk/split large files “chunker” [snip] Storage> chunker Remote to chunk/unchunk. Normally should contain a ‘:’ and a path, eg “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended). Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). remote> remote:path Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. Enter a size with suffix k,M,G,T. Press Enter for the default (”2G“). chunk_size> 100M Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but”none" require metadata. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (“md5”). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files, return nothing otherwise “none” 2 / MD5 for composite files “md5” 3 / SHA1 for composite files “sha1” 4 / MD5 for all files “md5all” 5 / SHA1 for all files “sha1all” 6 / Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source falling back to SHA1 if unsupported “md5quick” 7 / Similar to “md5quick” but prefers SHA1 over MD5 “sha1quick” hash_type> md5 Edit advanced config? (y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config ——————– [overlay] type = chunker remote = remote:bucket chunk_size = 100M hash_type = md5 ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
### Specifying the remote
In normal use, make sure the remote has a `:` in. If you specify the remote
without a `:` then rclone will use a local directory of that name.
So if you use a remote of `/path/to/secret/files` then rclone will
chunk stuff in that directory. If you use a remote of `name` then rclone
will put files in a directory called `name` in the current directory.
### Chunking
When rclone starts a file upload, chunker checks the file size. If it
doesn't exceed the configured chunk size, chunker will just pass the file
to the wrapped remote. If a file is large, chunker will transparently cut
data in pieces with temporary names and stream them one by one, on the fly.
Each data chunk will contain the specified number of bytes, except for the
last one which may have less data. If file size is unknown in advance
(this is called a streaming upload), chunker will internally create
a temporary copy, record its size and repeat the above process.
When upload completes, temporary chunk files are finally renamed.
This scheme guarantees that operations can be run in parallel and look
from outside as atomic.
A similar method with hidden temporary chunks is used for other operations
(copy/move/rename etc). If an operation fails, hidden chunks are normally
destroyed, and the target composite file stays intact.
When a composite file download is requested, chunker transparently
assembles it by concatenating data chunks in order. As the split is trivial
one could even manually concatenate data chunks together to obtain the
original content.
When the `list` rclone command scans a directory on wrapped remote,
the potential chunk files are accounted for, grouped and assembled into
composite directory entries. Any temporary chunks are hidden.
List and other commands can sometimes come across composite files with
missing or invalid chunks, eg. shadowed by like-named directory or
another file. This usually means that wrapped file system has been directly
tampered with or damaged. If chunker detects a missing chunk it will
by default print warning, skip the whole incomplete group of chunks but
proceed with current command.
You can set the `--chunker-fail-hard` flag to have commands abort with
error message in such cases.
#### Chunk names
The default chunk name format is `*.rclone-chunk.###`, hence by default
chunk names are `BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone-chunk.001`,
`BIG_FILE_NAME.rclone-chunk.002` etc. You can configure a different name
format using the `--chunker-name-format` option. The format uses asterisk
`*` as a placeholder for the base file name and one or more consecutive
hash characters `#` as a placeholder for sequential chunk number.
There must be one and only one asterisk. The number of consecutive hash
characters defines the minimum length of a string representing a chunk number.
If decimal chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is
left-padded by zeros. If the decimal string is longer, it is left intact.
By default numbering starts from 1 but there is another option that allows
user to start from 0, eg. for compatibility with legacy software.
For example, if name format is `big_*-##.part` and original file name is
`data.txt` and numbering starts from 0, then the first chunk will be named
`big_data.txt-00.part`, the 99th chunk will be `big_data.txt-98.part`
and the 302nd chunk will become `big_data.txt-301.part`.
Note that `list` assembles composite directory entries only when chunk names
match the configured format and treats non-conforming file names as normal
non-chunked files.
### Metadata
Besides data chunks chunker will by default create metadata object for
a composite file. The object is named after the original file.
Chunker allows user to disable metadata completely (the `none` format).
Note that metadata is normally not created for files smaller than the
configured chunk size. This may change in future rclone releases.
#### Simple JSON metadata format
This is the default format. It supports hash sums and chunk validation
for composite files. Meta objects carry the following fields:
- `ver` - version of format, currently `1`
- `size` - total size of composite file
- `nchunks` - number of data chunks in file
- `md5` - MD5 hashsum of composite file (if present)
- `sha1` - SHA1 hashsum (if present)
There is no field for composite file name as it's simply equal to the name
of meta object on the wrapped remote. Please refer to respective sections
for details on hashsums and modified time handling.
#### No metadata
You can disable meta objects by setting the meta format option to `none`.
In this mode chunker will scan directory for all files that follow
configured chunk name format, group them by detecting chunks with the same
base name and show group names as virtual composite files.
This method is more prone to missing chunk errors (especially missing
last chunk) than format with metadata enabled.
### Hashsums
Chunker supports hashsums only when a compatible metadata is present.
Hence, if you choose metadata format of `none`, chunker will report hashsum
as `UNSUPPORTED`.
Please note that by default metadata is stored only for composite files.
If a file is smaller than configured chunk size, chunker will transparently
redirect hash requests to wrapped remote, so support depends on that.
You will see the empty string as a hashsum of requested type for small
files if the wrapped remote doesn't support it.
Many storage backends support MD5 and SHA1 hash types, so does chunker.
With chunker you can choose one or another but not both.
MD5 is set by default as the most supported type.
Since chunker keeps hashes for composite files and falls back to the
wrapped remote hash for non-chunked ones, we advise you to choose the same
hash type as supported by wrapped remote so that your file listings
look coherent.
If your storage backend does not support MD5 or SHA1 but you need consistent
file hashing, configure chunker with `md5all` or `sha1all`. These two modes
guarantee given hash for all files. If wrapped remote doesn't support it,
chunker will then add metadata to all files, even small. However, this can
double the amount of small files in storage and incur additional service charges.
Normally, when a file is copied to chunker controlled remote, chunker
will ask the file source for compatible file hash and revert to on-the-fly
calculation if none is found. This involves some CPU overhead but provides
a guarantee that given hashsum is available. Also, chunker will reject
a server-side copy or move operation if source and destination hashsum
types are different resulting in the extra network bandwidth, too.
In some rare cases this may be undesired, so chunker provides two optional
choices: `sha1quick` and `md5quick`. If the source does not support primary
hash type and the quick mode is enabled, chunker will try to fall back to
the secondary type. This will save CPU and bandwidth but can result in empty
hashsums at destination. Beware of consequences: the `sync` command will
revert (sometimes silently) to time/size comparison if compatible hashsums
between source and target are not found.
### Modified time
Chunker stores modification times using the wrapped remote so support
depends on that. For a small non-chunked file the chunker overlay simply
manipulates modification time of the wrapped remote file.
For a composite file with metadata chunker will get and set
modification time of the metadata object on the wrapped remote.
If file is chunked but metadata format is `none` then chunker will
use modification time of the first data chunk.
### Migrations
The idiomatic way to migrate to a different chunk size, hash type or
chunk naming scheme is to:
- Collect all your chunked files under a directory and have your
chunker remote point to it.
- Create another directory (most probably on the same cloud storage)
and configure a new remote with desired metadata format,
hash type, chunk naming etc.
- Now run `rclone sync oldchunks: newchunks:` and all your data
will be transparently converted in transfer.
This may take some time, yet chunker will try server-side
copy if possible.
- After checking data integrity you may remove configuration section
of the old remote.
If rclone gets killed during a long operation on a big composite file,
hidden temporary chunks may stay in the directory. They will not be
shown by the `list` command but will eat up your account quota.
Please note that the `deletefile` command deletes only active
chunks of a file. As a workaround, you can use remote of the wrapped
file system to see them.
An easy way to get rid of hidden garbage is to copy littered directory
somewhere using the chunker remote and purge the original directory.
The `copy` command will copy only active chunks while the `purge` will
remove everything including garbage.
### Caveats and Limitations
Chunker requires wrapped remote to support server side `move` (or `copy` +
`delete`) operations, otherwise it will explicitly refuse to start.
This is because it internally renames temporary chunk files to their final
names when an operation completes successfully.
Note that a move implemented using the copy-and-delete method may incur
double charging with some cloud storage providers.
Chunker will not automatically rename existing chunks when you run
`rclone config` on a live remote and change the chunk name format.
Beware that in result of this some files which have been treated as chunks
before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal files
and vice versa. The same warning holds for the chunk size.
If you desperately need to change critical chunking setings, you should
run data migration as described above.
If wrapped remote is case insensitive, the chunker overlay will inherit
that property (so you can't have a file called "Hello.doc" and "hello.doc"
in the same directory).
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/chunker/chunker.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).
#### --chunker-remote
Remote to chunk/unchunk.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
- Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_REMOTE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --chunker-chunk-size
Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 2G
#### --chunker-hash-type
Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata.
- Config: hash_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_HASH_TYPE
- Type: string
- Default: "md5"
- Examples:
- "none"
- Pass any hash supported by wrapped remote for non-chunked files, return nothing otherwise
- "md5"
- MD5 for composite files
- "sha1"
- SHA1 for composite files
- "md5all"
- MD5 for all files
- "sha1all"
- SHA1 for all files
- "md5quick"
- Copying a file to chunker will request MD5 from the source falling back to SHA1 if unsupported
- "sha1quick"
- Similar to "md5quick" but prefers SHA1 over MD5
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).
#### --chunker-name-format
String format of chunk file names.
The two placeholders are: base file name (*) and chunk number (#...).
There must be one and only one asterisk and one or more consecutive hash characters.
If chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is left-padded by zeros.
If there are more digits in the number, they are left as is.
Possible chunk files are ignored if their name does not match given format.
- Config: name_format
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_NAME_FORMAT
- Type: string
- Default: "*.rclone_chunk.###"
#### --chunker-start-from
Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1.
By default chunk numbers start from 1.
- Config: start_from
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_START_FROM
- Type: int
- Default: 1
#### --chunker-meta-format
Format of the metadata object or "none". By default "simplejson".
Metadata is a small JSON file named after the composite file.
- Config: meta_format
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_META_FORMAT
- Type: string
- Default: "simplejson"
- Examples:
- "none"
- Do not use metadata files at all. Requires hash type "none".
- "simplejson"
- Simple JSON supports hash sums and chunk validation.
- It has the following fields: ver, size, nchunks, md5, sha1.
#### --chunker-fail-hard
Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
- Config: fail_hard
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_FAIL_HARD
- Type: bool
- Default: false
- Examples:
- "true"
- Report errors and abort current command.
- "false"
- Warn user, skip incomplete file and proceed.
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
## Citrix ShareFile
[Citrix ShareFile](https://sharefile.com) is a secure file sharing and transfer service aimed as business.
The initial setup for Citrix ShareFile involves getting a token from
Citrix ShareFile which you can in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value XX / Citrix Sharefile ”sharefile" Storage> sharefile ** See help for sharefile backend at: https://rclone.org/sharefile/ **
ID of the root folder
Leave blank to access “Personal Folders”. You can use one of the standard values here or any folder ID (long hex number ID). Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Access the Personal Folders. (Default) ”" 2 / Access the Favorites folder. “favorites” 3 / Access all the shared folders. “allshared” 4 / Access all the individual connectors. “connectors” 5 / Access the home, favorites, and shared folders as well as the connectors. “top” root_folder_id> Edit advanced config? (y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config Use auto config? * Say Y if not sure * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn’t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth?state=XXX Log in and authorize rclone for access Waiting for code… Got code ——————– [remote] type = sharefile endpoint = https://XXX.sharefile.com token = {“access_token”:“XXX”,“token_type”:“bearer”,“refresh_token”:“XXX”,“expiry”:“2019-09-30T19:41:45.878561877+01:00”} ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
See the [remote setup docs](https://rclone.org/remote_setup/) for how to set it up on a
machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Citrix ShareFile. This only runs from the moment it opens
your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This
is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this it may require you to unblock
it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this,
List directories in top level of your ShareFile
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your ShareFile
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to an ShareFile directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
### Modified time and hashes ###
ShareFile allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
not.
ShareFile supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the `--checksum`
flag.
### Transfers ###
For files above 128MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will
upload up to `--transfers` chunks at the same time (shared among all
the multipart uploads). Chunks are buffered in memory and are
normally 64MB so increasing `--transfers` will increase memory use.
### Limitations ###
Note that ShareFile is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
ShareFile only supports filenames up to 256 characters in length.
#### Restricted filename characters
In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| \\ | 0x5C | ＼ |
| * | 0x2A | ＊ |
| < | 0x3C | ＜ |
| > | 0x3E | ＞ |
| ? | 0x3F | ？ |
| : | 0x3A | ： |
| \| | 0x7C | ｜ |
| " | 0x22 | ＂ |
File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the
name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
| . | 0x2E | ． |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can't be used in JSON strings.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sharefile/sharefile.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).
#### --sharefile-root-folder-id
ID of the root folder
Leave blank to access "Personal Folders". You can use one of the
standard values here or any folder ID (long hex number ID).
- Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Access the Personal Folders. (Default)
- "favorites"
- Access the Favorites folder.
- "allshared"
- Access all the shared folders.
- "connectors"
- Access all the individual connectors.
- "top"
- Access the home, favorites, and shared folders as well as the connectors.
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).
#### --sharefile-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to multipart upload.
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 128M
#### --sharefile-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k.
Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk
is buffered in memory one per transfer.
Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 64M
#### --sharefile-endpoint
Endpoint for API calls.
This is usually auto discovered as part of the oauth process, but can
be set manually to something like: https://XXX.sharefile.com
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENDPOINT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Crypt
----------------------------------------
The `crypt` remote encrypts and decrypts another remote.
To use it first set up the underlying remote following the config
instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname
instead of a remote which will encrypt and decrypt from that directory
which might be useful for encrypting onto a USB stick for example.
First check your chosen remote is working - we'll call it
`remote:path` in these docs. Note that anything inside `remote:path`
will be encrypted and anything outside won't. This means that if you
are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift) then you should
probably put the bucket in the remote `s3:bucket`. If you just use
`s3:` then rclone will make encrypted bucket names too (if using file
name encryption) which may or may not be what you want.
Now configure `crypt` using `rclone config`. We will call this one
`secret` to differentiate it from the `remote`.
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n
name> secret Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote “crypt” [snip] Storage> crypt Remote to encrypt/decrypt. Normally should contain a ‘:’ and a path, eg “myremote:path/to/dir”, “myremote:bucket” or maybe “myremote:” (not recommended). remote> remote:path How to encrypt the filenames. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Don’t encrypt the file names. Adds a “.bin” extension only. “off” 2 / Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details. “standard” 3 / Very simple filename obfuscation. “obfuscate” filename_encryption> 2 Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Encrypt directory names. “true” 2 / Don’t encrypt directory names, leave them intact. “false” filename_encryption> 1 Password or pass phrase for encryption. y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password y/g> y Enter the password: password: Confirm the password: password: Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended. Should be different to the previous password. y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password n) No leave this optional password blank y/g/n> g Password strength in bits. 64 is just about memorable 128 is secure 1024 is the maximum Bits> 128 Your password is: JAsJvRcgR-_veXNfy_sGmQ Use this password? y) Yes n) No y/n> y Remote config ——————– [secret] remote = remote:path filename_encryption = standard password = *** ENCRYPTED password2 = ENCRYPTED *** ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
**Important** The password is stored in the config file is lightly
obscured so it isn't immediately obvious what it is. It is in no way
secure unless you use config file encryption.
A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one. Note
that if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases
elsewhere it will be compatible - all the secrets used are derived
from those two passwords/passphrases.
Note that rclone does not encrypt
* file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes
* modification time - used for syncing
## Specifying the remote ##
In normal use, make sure the remote has a `:` in. If you specify the
remote without a `:` then rclone will use a local directory of that
name. So if you use a remote of `/path/to/secret/files` then rclone
will encrypt stuff to that directory. If you use a remote of `name`
then rclone will put files in a directory called `name` in the current
directory.
If you specify the remote as `remote:path/to/dir` then rclone will
store encrypted files in `path/to/dir` on the remote. If you are using
file name encryption, then when you save files to
`secret:subdir/subfile` this will store them in the unencrypted path
`path/to/dir` but the `subdir/subpath` bit will be encrypted.
Note that unless you want encrypted bucket names (which are difficult
to manage because you won't know what directory they represent in web
interfaces etc), you should probably specify a bucket, eg
`remote:secretbucket` when using bucket based remotes such as S3,
Swift, Hubic, B2, GCS.
## Example ##
To test I made a little directory of files using "standard" file name
encryption.
plaintext/ ├── file0.txt ├── file1.txt └── subdir ├── file2.txt ├── file3.txt └── subsubdir └── file4.txt
Copy these to the remote and list them back
$ rclone -q copy plaintext secret: $ rclone -q ls secret: 7 file1.txt 6 file0.txt 8 subdir/file2.txt 10 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt 9 subdir/file3.txt
Now see what that looked like when encrypted
$ rclone -q ls remote:path 55 hagjclgavj2mbiqm6u6cnjjqcg 54 v05749mltvv1tf4onltun46gls 57 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/dlj7fkq4kdq72emafg7a7s41uo 58 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/7uu829995du6o42n32otfhjqp4/b9pausrfansjth5ob3jkdqd4lc 56 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/8njh1sk437gttmep3p70g81aps
Note that this retains the directory structure which means you can do this
$ rclone -q ls secret:subdir 8 file2.txt 9 file3.txt 10 subsubdir/file4.txt
If don't use file name encryption then the remote will look like this
- note the `.bin` extensions added to prevent the cloud provider
attempting to interpret the data.
$ rclone -q ls remote:path 54 file0.txt.bin 57 subdir/file3.txt.bin 56 subdir/file2.txt.bin 58 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt.bin 55 file1.txt.bin
### File name encryption modes ###
Here are some of the features of the file name encryption modes
Off
* doesn't hide file names or directory structure
* allows for longer file names (~246 characters)
* can use sub paths and copy single files
Standard
* file names encrypted
* file names can't be as long (~143 characters)
* can use sub paths and copy single files
* directory structure visible
* identical files names will have identical uploaded names
* can use shortcuts to shorten the directory recursion
Obfuscation
This is a simple "rotate" of the filename, with each file having a rot
distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning
of the filename. So a file called "hello" may become "53.jgnnq"
This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated
scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns. As such it's an
intermediate between "off" and "standard". The advantage is that it
allows for longer path segment names.
There is a possibility with some unicode based filenames that the
obfuscation is weak and may map lower case characters to upper case
equivalents. You can not rely on this for strong protection.
* file names very lightly obfuscated
* file names can be longer than standard encryption
* can use sub paths and copy single files
* directory structure visible
* identical files names will have identical uploaded names
Cloud storage systems have various limits on file name length and
total path length which you are more likely to hit using "Standard"
file name encryption. If you keep your file names to below 156
characters in length then you should be OK on all providers.
There may be an even more secure file name encryption mode in the
future which will address the long file name problem.
### Directory name encryption ###
Crypt offers the option of encrypting dir names or leaving them intact.
There are two options:
True
Encrypts the whole file path including directory names
Example:
`1/12/123.txt` is encrypted to
`p0e52nreeaj0a5ea7s64m4j72s/l42g6771hnv3an9cgc8cr2n1ng/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0`
False
Only encrypts file names, skips directory names
Example:
`1/12/123.txt` is encrypted to
`1/12/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0`
### Modified time and hashes ###
Crypt stores modification times using the underlying remote so support
depends on that.
Hashes are not stored for crypt. However the data integrity is
protected by an extremely strong crypto authenticator.
Note that you should use the `rclone cryptcheck` command to check the
integrity of a crypted remote instead of `rclone check` which can't
check the checksums properly.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/crypt/crypt.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).
#### --crypt-remote
Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
- Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_REMOTE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --crypt-filename-encryption
How to encrypt the filenames.
- Config: filename_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCRYPTION
- Type: string
- Default: "standard"
- Examples:
- "off"
- Don't encrypt the file names. Adds a ".bin" extension only.
- "standard"
- Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details.
- "obfuscate"
- Very simple filename obfuscation.
#### --crypt-directory-name-encryption
Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
- Config: directory_name_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION
- Type: bool
- Default: true
- Examples:
- "true"
- Encrypt directory names.
- "false"
- Don't encrypt directory names, leave them intact.
#### --crypt-password
Password or pass phrase for encryption.
- Config: password
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --crypt-password2
Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
Should be different to the previous password.
- Config: password2
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD2
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).
#### --crypt-show-mapping
For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
If this flag is set then for each file that the remote is asked to
list, it will log (at level INFO) a line stating the decrypted file
name and the encrypted file name.
This is so you can work out which encrypted names are which decrypted
names just in case you need to do something with the encrypted file
names, or for debugging purposes.
- Config: show_mapping
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SHOW_MAPPING
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
## Backing up a crypted remote ##
If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use
`rclone sync` on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are
the same in the new encrypted remote.
This will have the following advantages
* `rclone sync` will check the checksums while copying
* you can use `rclone check` between the encrypted remotes
* you don't decrypt and encrypt unnecessarily
For example, let's say you have your original remote at `remote:` with
the encrypted version at `eremote:` with path `remote:crypt`. You
would then set up the new remote `remote2:` and then the encrypted
version `eremote2:` with path `remote2:crypt` using the same passwords
as `eremote:`.
To sync the two remotes you would do
rclone sync remote:crypt remote2:crypt
And to check the integrity you would do
rclone check remote:crypt remote2:crypt
## File formats ##
### File encryption ###
Files are encrypted 1:1 source file to destination object. The file
has a header and is divided into chunks.
#### Header ####
* 8 bytes magic string `RCLONE\x00\x00`
* 24 bytes Nonce (IV)
The initial nonce is generated from the operating systems crypto
strong random number generator. The nonce is incremented for each
chunk read making sure each nonce is unique for each block written.
The chance of a nonce being re-used is minuscule. If you wrote an
exabyte of data (10¹⁸ bytes) you would have a probability of
approximately 2×10⁻³² of re-using a nonce.
#### Chunk ####
Each chunk will contain 64kB of data, except for the last one which
may have less data. The data chunk is in standard NACL secretbox
format. Secretbox uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and
authenticate messages.
Each chunk contains:
* 16 Bytes of Poly1305 authenticator
* 1 - 65536 bytes XSalsa20 encrypted data
64k chunk size was chosen as the best performing chunk size (the
authenticator takes too much time below this and the performance drops
off due to cache effects above this). Note that these chunks are
buffered in memory so they can't be too big.
This uses a 32 byte (256 bit key) key derived from the user password.
#### Examples ####
1 byte file will encrypt to
* 32 bytes header
* 17 bytes data chunk
49 bytes total
1MB (1048576 bytes) file will encrypt to
* 32 bytes header
* 16 chunks of 65568 bytes
1049120 bytes total (a 0.05% overhead). This is the overhead for big
files.
### Name encryption ###
File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up
into `/` separated strings and these are encrypted individually.
File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes
before encryption.
They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME
(ECB-Mix-ECB) is a wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003
paper "A Parallelizable Enciphering Mode" by Halevi and Rogaway.
This makes for deterministic encryption which is what we want - the
same filename must encrypt to the same thing otherwise we can't find
it on the cloud storage system.
This means that
* filenames with the same name will encrypt the same
* filenames which start the same won't have a common prefix
This uses a 32 byte key (256 bits) and a 16 byte (128 bits) IV both of
which are derived from the user password.
After encryption they are written out using a modified version of
standard `base32` encoding as described in RFC4648. The standard
encoding is modified in two ways:
* it becomes lower case (no-one likes upper case filenames!)
* we strip the padding character `=`
`base32` is used rather than the more efficient `base64` so rclone can be
used on case insensitive remotes (eg Windows, Amazon Drive).
### Key derivation ###
Rclone uses `scrypt` with parameters `N=16384, r=8, p=1` with an
optional user supplied salt (password2) to derive the 32+32+16 = 80
bytes of key material required. If the user doesn't supply a salt
then rclone uses an internal one.
`scrypt` makes it impractical to mount a dictionary attack on rclone
encrypted data. For full protection against this you should always use
a salt.
Dropbox
---------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:path`
Dropbox paths may be as deep as required, eg
`remote:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for dropbox involves getting a token from Dropbox
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your dropbox
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your dropbox
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a dropbox directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Dropbox for business ###
Rclone supports Dropbox for business and Team Folders.
When using Dropbox for business `remote:` and `remote:path/to/file`
will refer to your personal folder.
If you wish to see Team Folders you must use a leading `/` in the
path, so `rclone lsd remote:/` will refer to the root and show you all
Team Folders and your User Folder.
You can then use team folders like this `remote:/TeamFolder` and
`remote:/TeamFolder/path/to/file`.
A leading `/` for a Dropbox personal account will do nothing, but it
will take an extra HTTP transaction so it should be avoided.
### Modified time and Hashes ###
Dropbox supports modified times, but the only way to set a
modification time is to re-upload the file.
This means that if you uploaded your data with an older version of
rclone which didn't support the v2 API and modified times, rclone will
decide to upload all your old data to fix the modification times. If
you don't want this to happen use `--size-only` or `--checksum` flag
to stop it.
Dropbox supports [its own hash
type](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash) which
is checked for all transfers.
#### Restricted filename characters
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
| DEL | 0x7F | ␡ |
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
File names can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can't be used in JSON strings.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/dropbox/dropbox.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
#### --dropbox-client-id
Dropbox App Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --dropbox-client-secret
Dropbox App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
#### --dropbox-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. (< 150M).
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this size.
Note that chunks are buffered in memory (one at a time) so rclone can
deal with retries. Setting this larger will increase the speed
slightly (at most 10% for 128MB in tests) at the cost of using more
memory. It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 48M
#### --dropbox-impersonate
Impersonate this user when using a business account.
- Config: impersonate
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_IMPERSONATE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that Dropbox is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
"Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
There are some file names such as `thumbs.db` which Dropbox can't
store. There is a full list of them in the ["Ignored Files" section
of this document](https://www.dropbox.com/en/help/145). Rclone will
issue an error message `File name disallowed - not uploading` if it
attempts to upload one of those file names, but the sync won't fail.
If you have more than 10,000 files in a directory then `rclone purge
dropbox:dir` will return the error `Failed to purge: There are too
many files involved in this operation`. As a work-around do an
`rclone delete dropbox:dir` followed by an `rclone rmdir dropbox:dir`.
FTP
------------------------------
FTP is the File Transfer Protocol. FTP support is provided using the
[github.com/jlaffaye/ftp](https://godoc.org/github.com/jlaffaye/ftp)
package.
Here is an example of making an FTP configuration. First run
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process. An FTP remote only
needs a host together with and a username and a password. With anonymous FTP
server, you will need to use `anonymous` as username and your email address as
the password.
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote r) Rename remote c) Copy remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/r/c/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / FTP Connection ”ftp" [snip] Storage> ftp ** See help for ftp backend at: https://rclone.org/ftp/ **
FTP host to connect to Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Connect to ftp.example.com ”ftp.example.com" host> ftp.example.com FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). user> FTP port, leave blank to use default (21) Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (”“). port> FTP password y) Yes type in my own password g) Generate random password y/g> y Enter the password: password: Confirm the password: password: Use FTP over TLS (Implicit) Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (”false"). tls> Remote config ——————– [remote] type = ftp host = ftp.example.com pass = *** ENCRYPTED *** ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all directories in the home directory
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory
List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:path/to/directory
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote directory, deleting any
excess files in the directory.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory
### Modified time ###
FTP does not support modified times. Any times you see on the server
will be time of upload.
### Checksums ###
FTP does not support any checksums.
#### Restricted filename characters
In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
the following characters are also replaced:
File names can also not end with the following characters.
These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
Note that not all FTP servers can have all characters in file names, for example:
| FTP Server| Forbidden characters |
| --------- |:--------------------:|
| proftpd | `*` |
| pureftpd | `\ [ ]` |
### Implicit TLS ###
FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS). This has to be enabled
in the config for the remote. The default FTPS port is `990` so the
port will likely have to be explictly set in the config for the remote.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/ftp/ftp.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).
#### --ftp-host
FTP host to connect to
- Config: host
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_HOST
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "ftp.example.com"
- Connect to ftp.example.com
#### --ftp-user
FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
- Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_USER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --ftp-port
FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
- Config: port
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PORT
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --ftp-pass
FTP password
- Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --ftp-tls
Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
- Config: tls
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_TLS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).
#### --ftp-concurrency
Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
- Config: concurrency
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_CONCURRENCY
- Type: int
- Default: 0
#### --ftp-no-check-certificate
Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
- Config: no_check_certificate
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_NO_CHECK_CERTIFICATE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --ftp-disable-epsv
Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
- Config: disable_epsv
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_EPSV
- Type: bool
- Default: false
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Note that since FTP isn't HTTP based the following flags don't work
with it: `--dump-headers`, `--dump-bodies`, `--dump-auth`
Note that `--timeout` isn't supported (but `--contimeout` is).
Note that `--bind` isn't supported.
FTP could support server side move but doesn't yet.
Note that the ftp backend does not support the `ftp_proxy` environment
variable yet.
Note that while implicit FTP over TLS is supported,
explicit FTP over TLS is not.
Google Cloud Storage
-------------------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Cloud Storage
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
the verification code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this
it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
firewall, or use manual mode.
This remote is called `remote` and can now be used like this
See all the buckets in your project
rclone lsd remote:
Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucket
List the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucket
Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote bucket, deleting any excess
files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
### Service Account support ###
You can set up rclone with Google Cloud Storage in an unattended mode,
i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful
when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don't have
actively logged-in users, for example build machines.
To get credentials for Google Cloud Platform
[IAM Service Accounts](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts),
please head to the
[Service Account](https://console.cloud.google.com/permissions/serviceaccounts)
section of the Google Developer Console. Service Accounts behave just
like normal `User` permissions in
[Google Cloud Storage ACLs](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control),
so you can limit their access (e.g. make them read only). After
creating an account, a JSON file containing the Service Account's
credentials will be downloaded onto your machines. These credentials
are what rclone will use for authentication.
To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path
to your Service Account credentials at the `service_account_file`
prompt and rclone won't use the browser based authentication
flow. If you'd rather stuff the contents of the credentials file into
the rclone config file, you can set `service_account_credentials` with
the actual contents of the file instead, or set the equivalent
environment variable.
### Application Default Credentials ###
If no other source of credentials is provided, rclone will fall back
to
[Application Default Credentials](https://cloud.google.com/video-intelligence/docs/common/auth#authenticating_with_application_default_credentials)
this is useful both when you already have configured authentication
for your developer account, or in production when running on a google
compute host. Note that if running in docker, you may need to run
additional commands on your google compute machine -
[see this page](https://cloud.google.com/container-registry/docs/advanced-authentication#gcloud_as_a_docker_credential_helper).
Note that in the case application default credentials are used, there
is no need to explicitly configure a project number.
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
### Modified time ###
Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores
modification times as metadata on the object, under the "mtime" key in
RFC3339 format accurate to 1ns.
#### Restricted filename characters
| Character | Value | Replacement |
| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| LF | 0x0A | ␊ |
| CR | 0x0D | ␍ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can't be used in JSON strings.
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).
#### --gcs-client-id
Google Application Client Id
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-client-secret
Google Application Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-project-number
Project number.
Optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.
- Config: project_number
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_PROJECT_NUMBER
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-service-account-file
Service Account Credentials JSON file path
Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
- Config: service_account_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-service-account-credentials
Service Account Credentials JSON blob
Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
- Config: service_account_credentials
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --gcs-object-acl
Access Control List for new objects.
- Config: object_acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_OBJECT_ACL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "authenticatedRead"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
- "bucketOwnerFullControl"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access.
- "bucketOwnerRead"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access.
- "private"
- Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank].
- "projectPrivate"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to their roles.
- "publicRead"
- Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
#### --gcs-bucket-acl
Access Control List for new buckets.
- Config: bucket_acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_ACL
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "authenticatedRead"
- Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
- "private"
- Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank].
- "projectPrivate"
- Project team members get access according to their roles.
- "publicRead"
- Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
- "publicReadWrite"
- Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.
#### --gcs-bucket-policy-only
Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
If you want to upload objects to a bucket with Bucket Policy Only set
then you will need to set this.
When it is set, rclone:
- ignores ACLs set on buckets
- ignores ACLs set on objects
- creates buckets with Bucket Policy Only set
Docs: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-policy-only
- Config: bucket_policy_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_POLICY_ONLY
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --gcs-location
Location for the newly created buckets.
- Config: location
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_LOCATION
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Empty for default location (US).
- "asia"
- Multi-regional location for Asia.
- "eu"
- Multi-regional location for Europe.
- "us"
- Multi-regional location for United States.
- "asia-east1"
- Taiwan.
- "asia-east2"
- Hong Kong.
- "asia-northeast1"
- Tokyo.
- "asia-south1"
- Mumbai.
- "asia-southeast1"
- Singapore.
- "australia-southeast1"
- Sydney.
- "europe-north1"
- Finland.
- "europe-west1"
- Belgium.
- "europe-west2"
- London.
- "europe-west3"
- Frankfurt.
- "europe-west4"
- Netherlands.
- "us-central1"
- Iowa.
- "us-east1"
- South Carolina.
- "us-east4"
- Northern Virginia.
- "us-west1"
- Oregon.
- "us-west2"
- California.
#### --gcs-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
- Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_STORAGE_CLASS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- ""
- Default
- "MULTI_REGIONAL"
- Multi-regional storage class
- "REGIONAL"
- Regional storage class
- "NEARLINE"
- Nearline storage class
- "COLDLINE"
- Coldline storage class
- "DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY"
- Durable reduced availability storage class
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
Google Drive
-----------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `drive:path`
Drive paths may be as deep as required, eg `drive:directory/subdirectory`.
The initial setup for drive involves getting a token from Google drive
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote r) Rename remote c) Copy remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/r/c/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Google Drive “drive” [snip] Storage> drive Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally. client_id> Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally. client_secret> Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive. Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder. “drive” 2 / Read-only access to file metadata and file contents. “drive.readonly” / Access to files created by rclone only. 3 | These are visible in the drive website. | File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app. “drive.file” / Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder. 4 | This is not visible in the drive website. “drive.appfolder” / Allows read-only access to file metadata but 5 | does not allow any access to read or download file content. “drive.metadata.readonly” scope> 1 ID of the root folder - leave blank normally. Fill in to access “Computers” folders. (see docs). root_folder_id> Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login. service_account_file> Remote config Use auto config? * Say Y if not sure * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn’t work y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn’t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize rclone for access Waiting for code… Got code Configure this as a team drive? y) Yes n) No y/n> n ——————– [remote] client_id = client_secret = scope = drive root_folder_id = service_account_file = token = {“access_token”:“XXX”,“token_type”:“Bearer”,“refresh_token”:“XXX”,“expiry”:“2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z”} ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the
token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only
runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back
the verification code. This is on `http://127.0.0.1:53682/` and this
it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host
firewall, or use manual mode.
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your drive
rclone lsd remote:
List all the files in your drive
rclone ls remote:
To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
### Scopes ###
Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to
use. This changes what type of token is granted to rclone. [The
scopes are defined
here.](https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).
The scope are
#### drive ####
This is the default scope and allows full access to all files, except
for the Application Data Folder (see below).
Choose this one if you aren't sure.
#### drive.readonly ####
This allows read only access to all files. Files may be listed and
downloaded but not uploaded, renamed or deleted.
#### drive.file ####
With this scope rclone can read/view/modify only those files and
folders it creates.
So if you uploaded files to drive via the web interface (or any other
means) they will not be visible to rclone.
This can be useful if you are using rclone to backup data and you want
to be sure confidential data on your drive is not visible to rclone.
Files created with this scope are visible in the web interface.
#### drive.appfolder ####
This gives rclone its own private area to store files. Rclone will
not be able to see any other files on your drive and you won't be able
to see rclone's files from the web interface either.
#### drive.metadata.readonly ####
This allows read only access to file names only. It does not allow
rclone to download or upload data, or rename or delete files or
directories.
### Root folder ID ###
You can set the `root_folder_id` for rclone. This is the directory
(identified by its `Folder ID`) that rclone considers to be the root
of your drive.
Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the
correct root to use itself.
However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
hierarchy or to access data within the "Computers" tab on the drive
web interface (where files from Google's Backup and Sync desktop
program go).
In order to do this you will have to find the `Folder ID` of the
directory you wish rclone to display. This will be the last segment
of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the drive web
interface.
So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
`https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh`
in the browser, then you use `1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh` as
the `root_folder_id` in the config.
**NB** folders under the "Computers" tab seem to be read only (drive
gives a 500 error) when using rclone.
There doesn't appear to be an API to discover the folder IDs of the
"Computers" tab - please contact us if you know otherwise!
Note also that rclone can't access any data under the "Backups" tab on
the google drive web interface yet.
### Service Account support ###
You can set up rclone with Google Drive in an unattended mode,
i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful
when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don't have
actively logged-in users, for example build machines.
To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path
to your Service Account credentials at the `service_account_file`
prompt during `rclone config` and rclone won't use the browser based
authentication flow. If you'd rather stuff the contents of the
credentials file into the rclone config file, you can set
`service_account_credentials` with the actual contents of the file
instead, or set the equivalent environment variable.
#### Use case - Google Apps/G-suite account and individual Drive ####
Let's say that you are the administrator of a Google Apps (old) or
G-suite account.
The goal is to store data on an individual's Drive account, who IS
a member of the domain.
We'll call the domain **example.com**, and the user
**foo@example.com**.
There's a few steps we need to go through to accomplish this:
##### 1. Create a service account for example.com #####
- To create a service account and obtain its credentials, go to the
[Google Developer Console](https://console.developers.google.com).
- You must have a project - create one if you don't.
- Then go to "IAM & admin" -> "Service Accounts".
- Use the "Create Credentials" button. Fill in "Service account name"
with something that identifies your client. "Role" can be empty.
- Tick "Furnish a new private key" - select "Key type JSON".
- Tick "Enable G Suite Domain-wide Delegation". This option makes
"impersonation" possible, as documented here:
[Delegating domain-wide authority to the service account](https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2ServiceAccount#delegatingauthority)
- These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication.
If you ever need to remove access, press the "Delete service
account key" button.
##### 2. Allowing API access to example.com Google Drive #####
- Go to example.com's admin console
- Go into "Security" (or use the search bar)
- Select "Show more" and then "Advanced settings"
- Select "Manage API client access" in the "Authentication" section
- In the "Client Name" field enter the service account's
"Client ID" - this can be found in the Developer Console under
"IAM & Admin" -> "Service Accounts", then "View Client ID" for
the newly created service account.
It is a ~21 character numerical string.
- In the next field, "One or More API Scopes", enter
`https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive`
to grant access to Google Drive specifically.
##### 3. Configure rclone, assuming a new install #####
rclone config
n/s/q> n # New name>gdrive # Gdrive is an example name Storage> # Select the number shown for Google Drive client_id> # Can be left blank client_secret> # Can be left blank scope> # Select your scope, 1 for example root_folder_id> # Can be left blank service_account_file> /home/foo/myJSONfile.json # This is where the JSON file goes! y/n> # Auto config, y
##### 4. Verify that it's working #####
- `rclone -v --drive-impersonate foo@example.com lsf gdrive:backup`
- The arguments do:
- `-v` - verbose logging
- `--drive-impersonate foo@example.com` - this is what does
the magic, pretending to be user foo.
- `lsf` - list files in a parsing friendly way
- `gdrive:backup` - use the remote called gdrive, work in
the folder named backup.
### Team drives ###
If you want to configure the remote to point to a Google Team Drive
then answer `y` to the question `Configure this as a team drive?`.
This will fetch the list of Team Drives from google and allow you to
configure which one you want to use. You can also type in a team
drive ID if you prefer.
For example:
Configure this as a team drive? y) Yes n) No y/n> y Fetching team drive list… Choose a number from below, or type in your own value 1 / Rclone Test “xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx” 2 / Rclone Test 2 “yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy” 3 / Rclone Test 3 “zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz” Enter a Team Drive ID> 1 ——————– [remote] client_id = client_secret = token = {“AccessToken”:“xxxx.x.xxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx”,“RefreshToken”:“1/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx”,“Expiry”:“2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z”,“Extra”:null} team_drive = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx ——————– y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y
### --fast-list ###
This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
It does this by combining multiple `list` calls into a single API request.
This works by combining many `'%s' in parents` filters into one expression.
To list the contents of directories a, b and c, the following requests will be send by the regular `List` function:trashed=false and ‘a’ in parents trashed=false and ‘b’ in parents trashed=false and ‘c’ in parents
These can now be combined into a single request:trashed=false and (‘a’ in parents or ‘b’ in parents or ‘c’ in parents)
The implementation of `ListR` will put up to 50 `parents` filters into one request.
It will use the `--checkers` value to specify the number of requests to run in parallel.
In tests, these batch requests were up to 20x faster than the regular method.
Running the following command against different sized folders gives:rclone lsjson -vv -R –checkers=6 gdrive:folder
small folder (220 directories, 700 files):
- without `--fast-list`: 38s
- with `--fast-list`: 10s
large folder (10600 directories, 39000 files):
- without `--fast-list`: 22:05 min
- with `--fast-list`: 58s
### Modified time ###
Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.
#### Restricted filename characters
Only Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
as they can't be used in JSON strings.
In contrast to other backends, `/` can also be used in names and `.`
or `..` are valid names.
### Revisions ###
Google drive stores revisions of files. When you upload a change to
an existing file to google drive using rclone it will create a new
revision of that file.
Revisions follow the standard google policy which at time of writing
was
* They are deleted after 30 days or 100 revisions (whatever comes first).
* They do not count towards a user storage quota.
### Deleting files ###
By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting
files. If deleting them permanently is required then use the
`--drive-use-trash=false` flag, or set the equivalent environment
variable.
### Emptying trash ###
If you wish to empty your trash you can use the `rclone cleanup remote:`
command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command
does not take any path arguments.
Note that Google Drive takes some time (minutes to days) to empty the
trash even though the command returns within a few seconds. No output
is echoed, so there will be no confirmation even using -v or -vv.
### Quota information ###
To view your current quota you can use the `rclone about remote:`
command which will display your usage limit (quota), the usage in Google
Drive, the size of all files in the Trash and the space used by other
Google services such as Gmail. This command does not take any path
arguments.
#### Import/Export of google documents ####
Google documents can be exported from and uploaded to Google Drive.
When rclone downloads a Google doc it chooses a format to download
depending upon the `--drive-export-formats` setting.
By default the export formats are `docx,xlsx,pptx,svg` which are a
sensible default for an editable document.
When choosing a format, rclone runs down the list provided in order
and chooses the first file format the doc can be exported as from the
list. If the file can't be exported to a format on the formats list,
then rclone will choose a format from the default list.
If you prefer an archive copy then you might use `--drive-export-formats
pdf`, or if you prefer openoffice/libreoffice formats you might use
`--drive-export-formats ods,odt,odp`.
Note that rclone adds the extension to the google doc, so if it is
called `My Spreadsheet` on google docs, it will be exported as `My
Spreadsheet.xlsx` or `My Spreadsheet.pdf` etc.
When importing files into Google Drive, rclone will convert all
files with an extension in `--drive-import-formats` to their
associated document type.
rclone will not convert any files by default, since the conversion
is lossy process.
The conversion must result in a file with the same extension when
the `--drive-export-formats` rules are applied to the uploaded document.
Here are some examples for allowed and prohibited conversions.
| export-formats | import-formats | Upload Ext | Document Ext | Allowed |
| -------------- | -------------- | ---------- | ------------ | ------- |
| odt | odt | odt | odt | Yes |
| odt | docx,odt | odt | odt | Yes |
| | docx | docx | docx | Yes |
| | odt | odt | docx | No |
| odt,docx | docx,odt | docx | odt | No |
| docx,odt | docx,odt | docx | docx | Yes |
| docx,odt | docx,odt | odt | docx | No |
This limitation can be disabled by specifying `--drive-allow-import-name-change`.
When using this flag, rclone can convert multiple files types resulting
in the same document type at once, eg with `--drive-import-formats docx,odt,txt`,
all files having these extension would result in a document represented as a docx file.
This brings the additional risk of overwriting a document, if multiple files
have the same stem. Many rclone operations will not handle this name change
in any way. They assume an equal name when copying files and might copy the
file again or delete them when the name changes.
Here are the possible export extensions with their corresponding mime types.
Most of these can also be used for importing, but there more that are not
listed here. Some of these additional ones might only be available when
the operating system provides the correct MIME type entries.
This list can be changed by Google Drive at any time and might not
represent the currently available conversions.
| Extension | Mime Type | Description |
| --------- |-----------| ------------|
| csv | text/csv | Standard CSV format for Spreadsheets |
| docx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document | Microsoft Office Document |
| epub | application/epub+zip | E-book format |
| html | text/html | An HTML Document |
| jpg | image/jpeg | A JPEG Image File |
| json | application/vnd.google-apps.script+json | JSON Text Format |
| odp | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation | Openoffice Presentation |
| ods | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet | Openoffice Spreadsheet |
| ods | application/x-vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet | Openoffice Spreadsheet |
| odt | application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text | Openoffice Document |
| pdf | application/pdf | Adobe PDF Format |
| png | image/png | PNG Image Format|
| pptx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation | Microsoft Office Powerpoint |
| rtf | application/rtf | Rich Text Format |
| svg | image/svg+xml | Scalable Vector Graphics Format |
| tsv | text/tab-separated-values | Standard TSV format for spreadsheets |
| txt | text/plain | Plain Text |
| xlsx | application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet | Microsoft Office Spreadsheet |
| zip | application/zip | A ZIP file of HTML, Images CSS |
Google documents can also be exported as link files. These files will
open a browser window for the Google Docs website of that document
when opened. The link file extension has to be specified as a
`--drive-export-formats` parameter. They will match all available
Google Documents.
| Extension | Description | OS Support |
| --------- | ----------- | ---------- |
| desktop | freedesktop.org specified desktop entry | Linux |
| link.html | An HTML Document with a redirect | All |
| url | INI style link file | macOS, Windows |
| webloc | macOS specific XML format | macOS |
<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/drive/drive.go then run make backenddocs -->
### Standard Options
Here are the standard options specific to drive (Google Drive).
#### --drive-client-id
Google Application Client Id
Setting your own is recommended.
See https://rclone.org/drive/#making-your-own-client-id for how to create your own.
If you leave this blank, it will use an internal key which is low performance.
- Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-client-secret
Google Application Client Secret
Setting your own is recommended.
- Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-scope
Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
- Config: scope
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SCOPE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
- Examples:
- "drive"
- Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
- "drive.readonly"
- Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.
- "drive.file"
- Access to files created by rclone only.
- These are visible in the drive website.
- File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
- "drive.appfolder"
- Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.
- This is not visible in the drive website.
- "drive.metadata.readonly"
- Allows read-only access to file metadata but
- does not allow any access to read or download file content.
#### --drive-root-folder-id
ID of the root folder
Leave blank normally.
Fill in to access "Computers" folders (see docs), or for rclone to use
a non root folder as its starting point.
Note that if this is blank, the first time rclone runs it will fill it
in with the ID of the root folder.
- Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-service-account-file
Service Account Credentials JSON file path
Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
- Config: service_account_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
### Advanced Options
Here are the advanced options specific to drive (Google Drive).
#### --drive-service-account-credentials
Service Account Credentials JSON blob
Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
- Config: service_account_credentials
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-team-drive
ID of the Team Drive
- Config: team_drive
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TEAM_DRIVE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-auth-owner-only
Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
- Config: auth_owner_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_OWNER_ONLY
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-use-trash
Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently.
Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash.
Use `--drive-use-trash=false` to delete files permanently instead.
- Config: use_trash
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH
- Type: bool
- Default: true
#### --drive-skip-gdocs
Skip google documents in all listings.
If given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone.
- Config: skip_gdocs
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_GDOCS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos
Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
Use this if you get checksum errors when transferring Google photos or
videos.
Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a
blank MD5 checksum.
Google photos are identifed by being in the "photos" space.
Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but
not updating the checksum.
- Config: skip_checksum_gphotos
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_CHECKSUM_GPHOTOS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-shared-with-me
Only show files that are shared with me.
Instructs rclone to operate on your "Shared with me" folder (where
Google Drive lets you access the files and folders others have shared
with you).
This works both with the "list" (lsd, lsl, etc) and the "copy"
commands (copy, sync, etc), and with all other commands too.
- Config: shared_with_me
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SHARED_WITH_ME
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-trashed-only
Only show files that are in the trash.
This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
- Config: trashed_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TRASHED_ONLY
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-formats
Deprecated: see export_formats
- Config: formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_FORMATS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-export-formats
Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs.
- Config: export_formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_EXPORT_FORMATS
- Type: string
- Default: "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg"
#### --drive-import-formats
Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
- Config: import_formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPORT_FORMATS
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-allow-import-name-change
Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
- Config: allow_import_name_change
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALLOW_IMPORT_NAME_CHANGE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-use-created-date
Use file created date instead of modified date.,
Useful when downloading data and you want the creation date used in
place of the last modified date.
**WARNING**: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.
When uploading to your drive all files will be overwritten unless they
haven't been modified since their creation. And the inverse will occur
while downloading. This side effect can be avoided by using the
"--checksum" flag.
This feature was implemented to retain photos capture date as recorded
by google photos. You will first need to check the "Create a Google
Photos folder" option in your google drive settings. You can then copy
or move the photos locally and use the date the image was taken
(created) set as the modification date.
- Config: use_created_date
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_CREATED_DATE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-list-chunk
Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable.
- Config: list_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_LIST_CHUNK
- Type: int
- Default: 1000
#### --drive-impersonate
Impersonate this user when using a service account.
- Config: impersonate
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPERSONATE
- Type: string
- Default: ""
#### --drive-alternate-export
Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
If this option is set this instructs rclone to use an alternate set of
export URLs for drive documents. Users have reported that the
official export URLs can't export large documents, whereas these
unofficial ones can.
See rclone issue [#2243](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2243) for background,
[this google drive issue](https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/36761333) and
[this helpful post](https://www.labnol.org/internet/direct-links-for-google-drive/28356/).
- Config: alternate_export
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALTERNATE_EXPORT
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
- Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 8M
#### --drive-chunk-size
Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k.
Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk
is buffered in memory one per transfer.
Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.
- Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 8M
#### --drive-acknowledge-abuse
Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
If downloading a file returns the error "This file has been identified
as malware or spam and cannot be downloaded" with the error code
"cannotDownloadAbusiveFile" then supply this flag to rclone to
indicate you acknowledge the risks of downloading the file and rclone
will download it anyway.
- Config: acknowledge_abuse
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ABUSE
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-keep-revision-forever
Keep new head revision of each file forever.
- Config: keep_revision_forever
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_KEEP_REVISION_FOREVER
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-size-as-quota
Show storage quota usage for file size.
The storage used by a file is the size of the current version plus any
older versions that have been set to keep forever.
- Config: size_as_quota
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SIZE_AS_QUOTA
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-v2-download-min-size
If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download.
- Config: v2_download_min_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_V2_DOWNLOAD_MIN_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: off
#### --drive-pacer-min-sleep
Minimum time to sleep between API calls.
- Config: pacer_min_sleep
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_MIN_SLEEP
- Type: Duration
- Default: 100ms
#### --drive-pacer-burst
Number of API calls to allow without sleeping.
- Config: pacer_burst
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_BURST
- Type: int
- Default: 100
#### --drive-server-side-across-configs
Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
This can be useful if you wish to do a server side copy between two
different Google drives. Note that this isn't enabled by default
because it isn't easy to tell if it will work between any two
configurations.
- Config: server_side_across_configs
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-disable-http2
Disable drive using http2
There is currently an unsolved issue with the google drive backend and
HTTP/2. HTTP/2 is therefore disabled by default for the drive backend
but can be re-enabled here. When the issue is solved this flag will
be removed.
See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3631
- Config: disable_http2
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_DISABLE_HTTP2
- Type: bool
- Default: true
<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
### Limitations ###
Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting. This causes rclone to be
limited to transferring about 2 files per second only. Individual
files may be transferred much faster at 100s of MBytes/s but lots of
small files can take a long time.
Server side copies are also subject to a separate rate limit. If you
see User rate limit exceeded errors, wait at least 24 hours and retry.
You can disable server side copies with `--disable copy` to download
and upload the files if you prefer.
#### Limitations of Google Docs ####
Google docs will appear as size -1 in `rclone ls` and as size 0 in
anything which uses the VFS layer, eg `rclone mount`, `rclone serve`.
This is because rclone can't find out the size of the Google docs
without downloading them.
Google docs will transfer correctly with `rclone sync`, `rclone copy`
etc as rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.
However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able
to download Google docs using `rclone mount`. If it doesn't work you
will get a 0 sized file. If you try again the doc may gain its
correct size and be downloadable. Whther it will work on not depends
on the application accessing the mount and the OS you are running -
experiment to find out if it does work for you!
### Duplicated files ###
Sometimes, for no reason I've been able to track down, drive will
duplicate a file that rclone uploads. Drive unlike all the other
remotes can have duplicated files.
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see
messages in the log about duplicates.
Use `rclone dedupe` to fix duplicated files.
Note that this isn't just a problem with rclone, even Google Photos on
Android duplicates files on drive sometimes.
### Rclone appears to be re-copying files it shouldn't ###
The most likely cause of this is the duplicated file issue above - run
`rclone dedupe` and check your logs for duplicate object or directory
messages.
This can also be caused by a delay/caching on google drive's end when
comparing directory listings. Specifically with team drives used in
combination with --fast-list. Files that were uploaded recently may
not appear on the directory list sent to rclone when using --fast-list.
Waiting a moderate period of time between attempts (estimated to be
approximately 1 hour) and/or not using --fast-list both seem to be
effective in preventing the problem.
### Making your own client_id ###
When you use rclone with Google drive in its default configuration you
are using rclone's client_id. This is shared between all the rclone
users. There is a global rate limit on the number of queries per
second that each client_id can do set by Google. rclone already has a
high quota and I will continue to make sure it is high enough by
contacting Google.
It is strongly recommended to use your own client ID as the default rclone ID is heavily used. If you have multiple services running, it is recommended to use an API key for each service. The default Google quota is 10 transactions per second so it is recommended to stay under that number as if you use more than that, it will cause rclone to rate limit and make things slower.
Here is how to create your own Google Drive client ID for rclone:
1. Log into the [Google API
Console](https://console.developers.google.com/) with your Google
account. It doesn't matter what Google account you use. (It need not
be the same account as the Google Drive you want to access)
2. Select a project or create a new project.
3. Under "ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES" search for "Drive", and enable the
"Google Drive API".
4. Click "Credentials" in the left-side panel (not "Create
credentials", which opens the wizard), then "Create credentials", then
"OAuth client ID". It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent screen
product name, if you haven't set one already.
5. Choose an application type of "other", and click "Create". (the
default name is fine)
6. It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values
in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
(Thanks to @balazer on github for these instructions.)
Google Photos
-------------------------------------------------
The rclone backend for [Google Photos](https://www.google.com/photos/about/) is
a specialized backend for transferring photos and videos to and from
Google Photos.
**NB** The Google Photos API which rclone uses has quite a few
limitations, so please read the [limitations section](#limitations)
carefully to make sure it is suitable for your use.
## Configuring Google Photos
The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Photos
which you need to do in your browser. `rclone config` walks you
through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`. First run:
rclone config
This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one n) New remote s) Set configuration password q) Quit config n/s/q> n name> remote Type of storage to configure. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). Choose a number from below, or type in your own value [snip] XX / Google Photos ”google photos" [snip] Storage> google photos ** See help for google photos backend at: https://rclone.org/googlephotos/ **
Google Application Client Id Leave blank normally. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("“). client_id> Google Application Client Secret Leave blank normally. Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (”"). client_secret> Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access. Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (“false”). read_only> Edit advanced config? (y/n) y) Yes n) No y/n> n Remote config Use auto config? * Say Y if not sure * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine y) Yes n) No y/n> y If your browser doesn’t open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth Log in and authorize rclone for access Waiting for code… Got code
*** IMPORTANT: All media items uploaded to Google Photos with rclone *** are stored in full resolution at original quality. These uploads *** will count towards storage in your Google Account.
| [remote] type = google photos token = {“access_token”:“XXX”,“token_type”:“Bearer”,“refresh_token”:“XXX”,“expiry”:“2019-06-28T17:38:04.644930156+01:00”} |
|---|
| y) Yes this is OK e) Edit this remote d) Delete this remote y/e/d> y ``` |
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual mode. |
This remote is called remote and can now be used like this |
| See all the albums in your photos |
| rclone lsd remote:album |
| Make a new album |
| rclone mkdir remote:album/newAlbum |
| List the contents of an album |
| rclone ls remote:album/newAlbum |
Sync /home/local/images to the Google Photos, removing any excess files in the album. |
| rclone sync /home/local/image remote:album/newAlbum |
| ## Layout |
| As Google Photos is not a general purpose cloud storage system the backend is laid out to help you navigate it. |
The directories under media show different ways of categorizing the media. Each file will appear multiple times. So if you want to make a backup of your google photos you might choose to backup remote:media/by-month. (NB remote:media/by-day is rather slow at the moment so avoid for syncing.) |
Note that all your photos and videos will appear somewhere under media, but they may not appear under album unless you’ve put them into albums. |
/ - upload - file1.jpg - file2.jpg - ... - media - all - file1.jpg - file2.jpg - ... - by-year - 2000 - file1.jpg - ... - 2001 - file2.jpg - ... - ... - by-month - 2000 - 2000-01 - file1.jpg - ... - 2000-02 - file2.jpg - ... - ... - by-day - 2000 - 2000-01-01 - file1.jpg - ... - 2000-01-02 - file2.jpg - ... - ... - album - album name - album name/sub - shared-album - album name - album name/sub |
There are two writable parts of the tree, the upload directory and sub directories of the the album directory. |
The upload directory is for uploading files you don’t want to put into albums. This will be empty to start with and will contain the files you’ve uploaded for one rclone session only, becoming empty again when you restart rclone. The use case for this would be if you have a load of files you just want to once off dump into Google Photos. For repeated syncing, uploading to album will work better. |
Directories within the album directory are also writeable and you may create new directories (albums) under album. If you copy files with a directory hierarchy in there then rclone will create albums with the / character in them. For example if you do |
| rclone copy /path/to/images remote:album/images |
| and the images directory contains |
images - file1.jpg dir file2.jpg dir2 dir3 file3.jpg |
| Then rclone will create the following albums with the following files in |
| - images - file1.jpg - images/dir - file2.jpg - images/dir2/dir3 - file3.jpg |
This means that you can use the album path pretty much like a normal filesystem and it is a good target for repeated syncing. |
The shared-album directory shows albums shared with you or by you. This is similar to the Sharing tab in the Google Photos web interface. |
| ## Limitations |
| Only images and videos can be uploaded. If you attempt to upload non videos or images or formats that Google Photos doesn’t understand, rclone will upload the file, then Google Photos will give an error when it is put turned into a media item. |
| Note that all media items uploaded to Google Photos through the API are stored in full resolution at “original quality” and will count towards your storage quota in your Google Account. The API does not offer a way to upload in “high quality” mode.. |
| ### Downloading Images |
| When Images are downloaded this strips EXIF location (according to the docs and my tests). This is a limitation of the Google Photos API and is covered by bug #112096115. |
| The current google API does not allow photos to be downloaded at original resolution. This is very important if you are, for example, relying on “Google Photos” as a backup of your photos. You will not be able to use rclone to redownload original images. You could use ‘google takeout’ to recover the original photos as a last resort |
| ### Downloading Videos |
| When videos are downloaded they are downloaded in a really compressed version of the video compared to downloading it via the Google Photos web interface. This is covered by bug #113672044. |
| ### Duplicates |
If a file name is duplicated in a directory then rclone will add the file ID into its name. So two files called file.jpg would then appear as file {123456}.jpg and file {ABCDEF}.jpg (the actual IDs are a lot longer alas!). |
If you upload the same image (with the same binary data) twice then Google Photos will deduplicate it. However it will retain the filename from the first upload which may confuse rclone. For example if you uploaded an image to upload then uploaded the same image to album/my_album the filename of the image in album/my_album will be what it was uploaded with initially, not what you uploaded it with to album. In practise this shouldn’t cause too many problems. |
| ### Modified time |
| The date shown of media in Google Photos is the creation date as determined by the EXIF information, or the upload date if that is not known. |
| This is not changeable by rclone and is not the modification date of the media on local disk. This means that rclone cannot use the dates from Google Photos for syncing purposes. |
| ### Size |
| The Google Photos API does not return the size of media. This means that when syncing to Google Photos, rclone can only do a file existence check. |
It is possible to read the size of the media, but this needs an extra HTTP HEAD request per media item so is very slow and uses up a lot of transactions. This can be enabled with the --gphotos-read-size option or the read_size = true config parameter. |
If you want to use the backend with rclone mount you may need to enable this flag (depending on your OS and application using the photos) otherwise you may not be able to read media off the mount. You’ll need to experiment to see if it works for you without the flag. |
| ### Albums |
| Rclone can only upload files to albums it created. This is a limitation of the Google Photos API. |
| Rclone can remove files it uploaded from albums it created only. |
| ### Deleting files |
| Rclone can remove files from albums it created, but note that the Google Photos API does not allow media to be deleted permanently so this media will still remain. See bug #109759781. |
Rclone cannot delete files anywhere except under album. |
| ### Deleting albums |
| The Google Photos API does not support deleting albums - see bug #135714733. |
| ### Standard Options |
| Here are the standard options specific to google photos (Google Photos). |
| #### –gphotos-client-id |
| Google Application Client Id Leave blank normally. |
| - Config: client_id - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_ID - Type: string - Default: "" |
| #### –gphotos-client-secret |
| Google Application Client Secret Leave blank normally. |
| - Config: client_secret - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_SECRET - Type: string - Default: "" |
| #### –gphotos-read-only |
| Set to make the Google Photos backend read only. |
| If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access. |
| - Config: read_only - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_ONLY - Type: bool - Default: false |
| ### Advanced Options |
| Here are the advanced options specific to google photos (Google Photos). |
| #### –gphotos-read-size |
| Set to read the size of media items. |
| Normally rclone does not read the size of media items since this takes another transaction. This isn’t necessary for syncing. However rclone mount needs to know the size of files in advance of reading them, so setting this flag when using rclone mount is recommended if you want to read the media. |
| - Config: read_size - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_SIZE - Type: bool - Default: false |
| HTTP |
The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a webserver. The webserver should provide file listings which rclone will read and turn into a remote. This has been tested with common webservers such as Apache/Nginx/Caddy and will likely work with file listings from most web servers. (If it doesn’t then please file an issue, or send a pull request!)
Paths are specified as remote: or remote:path/to/dir.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / http Connection
\ "http"
[snip]
Storage> http
URL of http host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "https://example.com"
url> https://beta.rclone.org
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
url = https://beta.rclone.org
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote http
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> qThis remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all the top level directories
rclone lsd remote:List the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:directorySync the remote directory to /home/local/directory, deleting any excess files.
rclone sync remote:directory /home/local/directoryThis remote is read only - you can’t upload files to an HTTP server.
Most HTTP servers store time accurate to 1 second.
No checksums are stored.
Since the http remote only has one config parameter it is easy to use without a config file:
rclone lsd --http-url https://beta.rclone.org :http:Here are the standard options specific to http (http Connection).
URL of http host to connect to
Here are the advanced options specific to http (http Connection).
Set HTTP headers for all transactions
Use this to set additional HTTP headers for all transactions
The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs. Standard CSV encoding may be used.
For example to set a Cookie use ‘Cookie,name=value’, or ‘“Cookie”,“name=value”’.
You can set multiple headers, eg ‘“Cookie”,“name=value”,“Authorization”,“xxx”’.
Set this if the site doesn’t end directories with /
Use this if your target website does not use / on the end of directories.
A / on the end of a path is how rclone normally tells the difference between files and directories. If this flag is set, then rclone will treat all files with Content-Type: text/html as directories and read URLs from them rather than downloading them.
Note that this may cause rclone to confuse genuine HTML files with directories.
Don’t use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
If your site is being very slow to load then you can try this option. Normally rclone does a HEAD request for each potential file in a directory listing to:
If you set this option, rclone will not do the HEAD request. This will mean
some files that don’t exist may be in the listing
Default: false
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths are specified as remote:container (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg remote:container/path/to/dir.
The initial setup for Hubic involves getting a token from Hubic which you need to do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Hubic
\ "hubic"
[snip]
Storage> hubic
Hubic Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Hubic Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXX"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> ySee the remote setup docs for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Hubic. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List containers in the top level of your Hubic
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your Hubic
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to an Hubic directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backupIf you want the directory to be visible in the official Hubic browser, you need to copy your files to the default directory
rclone copy /home/source remote:default/backupThis remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the rclone docs for more details.
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as X-Object-Meta-Mtime as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.
This is a de facto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
Note that Hubic wraps the Swift backend, so most of the properties of are the same.
Here are the standard options specific to hubic (Hubic).
Hubic Client Id Leave blank normally.
Hubic Client Secret Leave blank normally.
Here are the advanced options specific to hubic (Hubic).
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.
Don’t chunk files during streaming upload.
When doing streaming uploads (eg using rcat or mount) setting this flag will cause the swift backend to not upload chunked files.
This will limit the maximum upload size to 5GB. However non chunked files are easier to deal with and have an MD5SUM.
Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal copy operations.
This uses the normal OpenStack Swift mechanism to refresh the Swift API credentials and ignores the expires field returned by the Hubic API.
The Swift API doesn’t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won’t check or use the MD5SUM for these.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
To configure Jottacloud you will need to enter your username and password and select a mountpoint.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> jotta
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / JottaCloud
\ "jottacloud"
[snip]
Storage> jottacloud
** See help for jottacloud backend at: https://rclone.org/jottacloud/ **
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Do you want to create a machine specific API key?
Rclone has it's own Jottacloud API KEY which works fine as long as one only uses rclone on a single machine. When you want to use rclone with this account on more than one machine it's recommended to create a machine specific API key. These keys can NOT be shared between machines.
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Username> 0xC4KE@gmail.com
Your Jottacloud password is only required during setup and will not be stored.
password:
Do you want to use a non standard device/mountpoint e.g. for accessing files uploaded using the official Jottacloud client?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
Please select the device to use. Normally this will be Jotta
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 > DESKTOP-3H31129
2 > fla1
3 > Jotta
Devices> 3
Please select the mountpoint to user. Normally this will be Archive
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 > Archive
2 > Shared
3 > Sync
Mountpoints> 1
--------------------
[jotta]
type = jottacloud
user = 0xC4KE@gmail.com
client_id = .....
client_secret = ........
token = {........}
device = Jotta
mountpoint = Archive
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yOnce configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your Jottacloud
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your Jottacloud
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backupThe official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you install it on and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select for Backup. The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the Archive, Sync and Shared mountpoints. In most cases you’ll want to use the Jotta/Archive device/mounpoint however if you want to access files uploaded by the official rclone provides the option to select other devices and mountpoints during config.
This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the rclone docs for more details.
Note that the implementation in Jottacloud always uses only a single API request to get the entire list, so for large folders this could lead to long wait time before the first results are shown.
Jottacloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
Jottacloud supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the --checksum flag.
Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached temporarily on disk (wherever the TMPDIR environment variable points to) before it is uploaded. Small files will be cached in memory - see the --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit flag.
In addition to the default restricted characters set the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| " | 0x22 | ＂ |
| * | 0x2A | ＊ |
| : | 0x3A | ： |
| < | 0x3C | ＜ |
| > | 0x3E | ＞ |
| ? | 0x3F | ？ |
| | | 0x7C | ｜ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in XML strings.
By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. Due to a lack of API documentation emptying the trash is currently only possible via the Jottacloud website. If deleting permanently is required then use the --jottacloud-hard-delete flag, or set the equivalent environment variable.
Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it. Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.
To view your current quota you can use the rclone about remote: command which will display your usage limit (unless it is unlimited) and the current usage.
Jottacloud requires each ‘device’ to be registered. Rclone brings such a registration to easily access your account but if you want to use Jottacloud together with rclone on multiple machines you NEED to create a seperate deviceID/deviceSecrect on each machine. You will asked during setting up the remote. Please be aware that this also means that copying the rclone config from one machine to another does NOT work with Jottacloud accounts. You have to create it on each machine.
Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).
Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating. Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.
Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail’s.
Note that Jottacloud is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.
There are quite a few characters that can’t be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
Jottacloud only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
Jottacloud exhibits some inconsistent behaviours regarding deleted files and folders which may cause Copy, Move and DirMove operations to previously deleted paths to fail. Emptying the trash should help in such cases.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for Koofr involves creating an application password for rclone. You can do that by opening the Koofr web application, giving the password a nice name like rclone and clicking on generate.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called koofr. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> koofr
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Koofr
\ "koofr"
[snip]
Storage> koofr
** See help for koofr backend at: https://rclone.org/koofr/ **
Your Koofr user name
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
user> USER@NAME
Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[koofr]
type = koofr
baseurl = https://app.koofr.net
user = USER@NAME
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yYou can choose to edit advanced config in order to enter your own service URL if you use an on-premise or white label Koofr instance, or choose an alternative mount instead of your primary storage.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your Koofr
rclone lsd koofr:List all the files in your Koofr
rclone ls koofr:To copy a local directory to an Koofr directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backupIn addition to the default restricted characters set the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in XML strings.
Here are the standard options specific to koofr (Koofr).
Your Koofr user name
Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
Here are the advanced options specific to koofr (Koofr).
The Koofr API endpoint to use
Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend.
Note that Koofr is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.
Mail.ru Cloud is a cloud storage provided by a Russian internet company Mail.Ru Group. The official desktop client is Disk-O:, available only on Windows. (Please note that official sites are in Russian)
remote:directory/subdirectorylast modified time property, directories don’tHere is an example of making a mailru configuration. First create a Mail.ru Cloud account and choose a tariff, then run
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Mail.ru Cloud
\ "mailru"
[snip]
Storage> mailru
User name (usually email)
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
user> username@mail.ru
Password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash.
This feature is called "speedup" or "put by hash". It is especially efficient
in case of generally available files like popular books, video or audio clips
[snip]
Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("true").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enable
\ "true"
2 / Disable
\ "false"
speedup_enable> 1
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = mailru
user = username@mail.ru
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
speedup_enable = true
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yConfiguration of this backend does not require a local web browser. You can use the configured backend as shown below:
See top level directories
rclone lsd remote:Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:directoryList the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:directorySync /home/local/directory to the remote path, deleting any excess files in the path.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directoryFiles support a modification time attribute with up to 1 second precision. Directories do not have a modification time, which is shown as “Jan 1 1970”.
Hash sums use a custom Mail.ru algorithm based on SHA1. If file size is less than or equal to the SHA1 block size (20 bytes), its hash is simply its data right-padded with zero bytes. Hash sum of a larger file is computed as a SHA1 sum of the file data bytes concatenated with a decimal representation of the data length.
Removing a file or directory actually moves it to the trash, which is not visible to rclone but can be seen in a web browser. The trashed file still occupies part of total quota. If you wish to empty your trash and free some quota, you can use the rclone cleanup remote: command, which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.
To view your current quota you can use the rclone about remote: command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.
In addition to the default restricted characters set the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| " | 0x22 | ＂ |
| * | 0x2A | ＊ |
| : | 0x3A | ： |
| < | 0x3C | ＜ |
| > | 0x3E | ＞ |
| ? | 0x3F | ？ |
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
| | | 0x7C | ｜ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
File size limits depend on your account. A single file size is limited by 2G for a free account and unlimited for paid tariffs. Please refer to the Mail.ru site for the total uploaded size limits.
Note that Mailru is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.
Here are the standard options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).
User name (usually email)
Password
Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. This feature is called “speedup” or “put by hash”. It is especially efficient in case of generally available files like popular books, video or audio clips, because files are searched by hash in all accounts of all mailru users. Please note that rclone may need local memory and disk space to calculate content hash in advance and decide whether full upload is required. Also, if rclone does not know file size in advance (e.g. in case of streaming or partial uploads), it will not even try this optimization.
Here are the advanced options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).
Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). Patterns are case insensitive and can contain ’*’ or ‘?’ meta characters.
This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (because preliminary hashing can exhaust you RAM or disk space)
Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk.
What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid
HTTP user agent used internally by client. Defaults to “rclone/VERSION” or “–user-agent” provided on command line.
Comma separated list of internal maintenance flags. This option must not be used by an ordinary user. It is intended only to facilitate remote troubleshooting of backend issues. Strict meaning of flags is not documented and not guaranteed to persist between releases. Quirks will be removed when the backend grows stable. Supported quirks: atomicmkdir binlist gzip insecure retry400
Mega is a cloud storage and file hosting service known for its security feature where all files are encrypted locally before they are uploaded. This prevents anyone (including employees of Mega) from accessing the files without knowledge of the key used for encryption.
This is an rclone backend for Mega which supports the file transfer features of Mega using the same client side encryption.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Mega
\ "mega"
[snip]
Storage> mega
User name
user> you@example.com
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = mega
user = you@example.com
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yNOTE: The encryption keys need to have been already generated after a regular login via the browser, otherwise attempting to use the credentials in rclone will fail.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your Mega
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your Mega
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to an Mega directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backupMega does not support modification times or hashes yet.
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
Mega can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a normal file system).
Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log about duplicates.
Use rclone dedupe to fix duplicated files.
Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under “heavy use”. We haven’t worked out the exact blocking rules but it seems to be related to fast paced, sucessive rclone commands.
For example, executing this command 90 times in a row rclone link remote:file will cause the remote to become “blocked”. This is not an abnormal situation, for example if you wish to get the public links of a directory with hundred of files… After more or less a week, the remote will remote accept rclone logins normally again.
You can mitigate this issue by mounting the remote it with rclone mount. This will log-in when mounting and a log-out when unmounting only. You can also run rclone rcd and then use rclone rc to run the commands over the API to avoid logging in each time.
Rclone does not currently close mega sessions (you can see them in the web interface), however closing the sessions does not solve the issue.
If you space rclone commands by 3 seconds it will avoid blocking the remote. We haven’t identified the exact blocking rules, so perhaps one could execute the command 80 times without waiting and avoid blocking by waiting 3 seconds, then continuing…
Note that this has been observed by trial and error and might not be set in stone.
Other tools seem not to produce this blocking effect, as they use a different working approach (state-based, using sessionIDs instead of log-in) which isn’t compatible with the current stateless rclone approach.
Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is not a sure workaround: following megacmd login times have been observed in sucession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min. Web access looks unaffected though.
Investigation is continuing in relation to workarounds based on timeouts, pacers, retrials and tpslimits - if you discover something relevant, please post on the forum.
So, if rclone was working nicely and suddenly you are unable to log-in and you are sure the user and the password are correct, likely you have got the remote blocked for a while.
Here are the standard options specific to mega (Mega).
User name
Password.
Here are the advanced options specific to mega (Mega).
Output more debug from Mega.
If this flag is set (along with -vv) it will print further debugging information from the mega backend.
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
Normally the mega backend will put all deletions into the trash rather than permanently deleting them. If you specify this then rclone will permanently delete objects instead.
This backend uses the go-mega go library which is an opensource go library implementing the Mega API. There doesn’t appear to be any documentation for the mega protocol beyond the mega C++ SDK source code so there are likely quite a few errors still remaining in this library.
Mega allows duplicate files which may confuse rclone.
Paths are specified as remote:container (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg remote:container/path/to/dir.
Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Blob Storage configuration. For a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
\ "azureblob"
[snip]
Storage> azureblob
Storage Account Name
account> account_name
Storage Account Key
key> base64encodedkey==
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
endpoint>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
account = account_name
key = base64encodedkey==
endpoint =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> ySee all containers
rclone lsd remote:Make a new container
rclone mkdir remote:containerList the contents of a container
rclone ls remote:containerSync /home/local/directory to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the container.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:containerThis remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the rclone docs for more details.
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object with the mtime key. It is stored using RFC3339 Format time with nanosecond precision. The metadata is supplied during directory listings so there is no overhead to using it.
In addition to the default restricted characters set the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| . | 0x2E | ． |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in chunks only have an MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5 hashes, eg the local disk.
Rclone has 3 ways of authenticating with Azure Blob Storage:
This is the most straight forward and least flexible way. Just fill in the account and key lines and leave the rest blank.
This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL
To use it leave account, key blank and fill in sas_url.
Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from Azure portal or Azure Storage Explorer. To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure portal.
If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only on particular container, eg
rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty as well.
However these will not work
rclone lsd azureblob:
rclone ls azureblob:othercontainerThis would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.
Rclone supports multipart uploads with Azure Blob storage. Files bigger than 256MB will be uploaded using chunked upload by default.
The files will be uploaded in parallel in 4MB chunks (by default). Note that these chunks are buffered in memory and there may be up to --transfers of them being uploaded at once.
Files can’t be split into more than 50,000 chunks so by default, so the largest file that can be uploaded with 4MB chunk size is 195GB. Above this rclone will double the chunk size until it creates less than 50,000 chunks. By default this will mean a maximum file size of 3.2TB can be uploaded. This can be raised to 5TB using --azureblob-chunk-size 100M.
Note that rclone doesn’t commit the block list until the end of the upload which means that there is a limit of 9.5TB of multipart uploads in progress as Azure won’t allow more than that amount of uncommitted blocks.
Here are the standard options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).
Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
SAS URL for container level access only (leave blank if using account/key or Emulator)
Uses local storage emulator if provided as ‘true’ (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
Here are the advanced options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).
Endpoint for the service Leave blank normally.
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB).
Upload chunk size (<= 100MB).
Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to “–transfers” chunks stored at once in memory.
Size of blob list.
This sets the number of blobs requested in each listing chunk. Default is the maximum, 5000. “List blobs” requests are permitted 2 minutes per megabyte to complete. If an operation is taking longer than 2 minutes per megabyte on average, it will time out ( source ). This can be used to limit the number of blobs items to return, to avoid the time out.
Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
Archived blobs can be restored by setting access tier to hot or cool. Leave blank if you intend to use default access tier, which is set at account level
If there is no “access tier” specified, rclone doesn’t apply any tier. rclone performs “Set Tier” operation on blobs while uploading, if objects are not modified, specifying “access tier” to new one will have no effect. If blobs are in “archive tier” at remote, trying to perform data transfer operations from remote will not be allowed. User should first restore by tiering blob to “Hot” or “Cool”.
MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5 sum. This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.
You can test rlcone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure azure storage emulator installed locally and set up a new remote with rclone config follow instructions described in introduction, set use_emulator config as true, you do not need to provide default account name or key if using emulator.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for OneDrive involves getting a token from Microsoft which you need to do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Microsoft OneDrive
\ "onedrive"
[snip]
Storage> onedrive
Microsoft App Client Id
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
client_id>
Microsoft App Client Secret
Leave blank normally.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
client_secret>
Edit advanced config? (y/n)
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> n
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
1 / OneDrive Personal or Business
\ "onedrive"
2 / Sharepoint site
\ "sharepoint"
3 / Type in driveID
\ "driveid"
4 / Type in SiteID
\ "siteid"
5 / Search a Sharepoint site
\ "search"
Your choice> 1
Found 1 drives, please select the one you want to use:
0: OneDrive (business) id=b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk
Chose drive to use:> 0
Found drive 'root' of type 'business', URL: https://org-my.sharepoint.com/personal/you/Documents
Is that okay?
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
--------------------
[remote]
type = onedrive
token = {"access_token":"youraccesstoken","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"yourrefreshtoken","expiry":"2018-08-26T22:39:52.486512262+08:00"}
drive_id = b!Eqwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm-7mnbvcxzlkjhgfdsapoiuytrewqk
drive_type = business
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> ySee the remote setup docs for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Microsoft. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your OneDrive
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your OneDrive
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to an OneDrive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backuprclone uses a pair of Client ID and Key shared by all rclone users when performing requests by default. If you are having problems with them (E.g., seeing a lot of throttling), you can get your own Client ID and Key by following the steps below:
New registration.Web in Redirect URI Enter http://localhost:53682/ and click Register. Copy and keep the Application (client) ID under the app name for later use.manage select Certificates & secrets, click New client secret. Copy and keep that secret for later use.manage select API permissions, click Add a permission and select Microsoft Graph then select delegated permissions.Files.Read, Files.ReadWrite, Files.Read.All, Files.ReadWrite.All, offline_access, User.Read. Once selected click Add permissions at the bottom.Now the application is complete. Run rclone config to create or edit a OneDrive remote. Supply the app ID and password as Client ID and Secret, respectively. rclone will walk you through the remaining steps.
OneDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
OneDrive personal supports SHA1 type hashes. OneDrive for business and Sharepoint Server support QuickXorHash.
For all types of OneDrive you can use the --checksum flag.
In addition to the default restricted characters set the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| " | 0x22 | ＂ |
| * | 0x2A | ＊ |
| : | 0x3A | ： |
| < | 0x3C | ＜ |
| > | 0x3E | ＞ |
| ? | 0x3F | ？ |
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
| | | 0x7C | ｜ |
| # | 0x23 | ＃ |
| % | 0x25 | ％ |
File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
| . | 0x2E | ． |
File names can also not begin with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are first character in the name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
| ~ | 0x7E | ～ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Microsoft doesn’t provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with one of Microsoft’s apps or via the OneDrive website.
Here are the standard options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
Microsoft App Client Id Leave blank normally.
Microsoft App Client Secret Leave blank normally.
Here are the advanced options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes).
Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
The ID of the drive to use
The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
By default rclone will hide OneNote files in directory listings because operations like “Open” and “Update” won’t work on them. But this behaviour may also prevent you from deleting them. If you want to delete OneNote files or otherwise want them to show up in directory listing, set this option.
Note that OneDrive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.
There are quite a few characters that can’t be in OneDrive file names. These can’t occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and 35GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 4 Jan 2019).
The entire path, including the file name, must contain fewer than 400 characters for OneDrive, OneDrive for Business and SharePoint Online. If you are encrypting file and folder names with rclone, you may want to pay attention to this limitation because the encrypted names are typically longer than the original ones.
OneDrive seems to be OK with at least 50,000 files in a folder, but at 100,000 rclone will get errors listing the directory like couldn’t list files: UnknownError:. See #2707 for more info.
An official document about the limitations for different types of OneDrive can be found here.
Every change in OneDrive causes the service to create a new version. This counts against a users quota. For example changing the modification time of a file creates a second version, so the file is using twice the space.
The copy is the only rclone command affected by this as we copy the file and then afterwards set the modification time to match the source file.
Note: Starting October 2018, users will no longer be able to disable versioning by default. This is because Microsoft has brought an update to the mechanism. To change this new default setting, a PowerShell command is required to be run by a SharePoint admin. If you are an admin, you can run these commands in PowerShell to change that setting:
Install-Module -Name Microsoft.Online.SharePoint.PowerShell (in case you haven’t installed this already)Import-Module Microsoft.Online.SharePoint.PowerShell -DisableNameCheckingConnect-SPOService -Url https://YOURSITE-admin.sharepoint.com -Credential YOU@YOURSITE.COM (replacing YOURSITE, YOU, YOURSITE.COM with the actual values; this will prompt for your credentials)Set-SPOTenant -EnableMinimumVersionRequirement $FalseDisconnect-SPOService (to disconnect from the server)Below are the steps for normal users to disable versioning. If you don’t see the “No Versioning” option, make sure the above requirements are met.
User Weropol has found a method to disable versioning on OneDrive
It is a known issue that Sharepoint (not OneDrive or OneDrive for Business) silently modifies uploaded files, mainly Office files (.docx, .xlsx, etc.), causing file size and hash checks to fail. To use rclone with such affected files on Sharepoint, you may disable these checks with the following command line arguments:
--ignore-checksum --ignore-sizeIt is a known issue that Sharepoint (not OneDrive or OneDrive for Business) may return “item not found” errors when users try to replace or delete uploaded files; this seems to mainly affect Office files (.docx, .xlsx, etc.). As a workaround, you may use the --backup-dir <BACKUP_DIR> command line argument so rclone moves the files to be replaced/deleted into a given backup directory (instead of directly replacing/deleting them). For example, to instruct rclone to move the files into the directory rclone-backup-dir on backend mysharepoint, you may use:
--backup-dir mysharepoint:rclone-backup-dirError: access_denied
Code: AADSTS65005
Description: Using application 'rclone' is currently not supported for your organization [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] because it is in an unmanaged state. An administrator needs to claim ownership of the company by DNS validation of [YOUR_ORGANIZATION] before the application rclone can be provisioned.This means that rclone can’t use the OneDrive for Business API with your account. You can’t do much about it, maybe write an email to your admins.
However, there are other ways to interact with your OneDrive account. Have a look at the webdav backend: https://rclone.org/webdav/#sharepoint
Error: invalid_grant
Code: AADSTS50076
Description: Due to a configuration change made by your administrator, or because you moved to a new location, you must use multi-factor authentication to access '...'.If you see the error above after enabling multi-factor authentication for your account, you can fix it by refreshing your OAuth refresh token. To do that, run rclone config, and choose to edit your OneDrive backend. Then, you don’t need to actually make any changes until you reach this question: Already have a token - refresh?. For this question, answer y and go through the process to refresh your token, just like the first time the backend is configured. After this, rclone should work again for this backend.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / OpenDrive
\ "opendrive"
[snip]
Storage> opendrive
Username
username>
Password
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
--------------------
[remote]
username =
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yList directories in top level of your OpenDrive
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your OpenDrive
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to an OpenDrive directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backupOpenDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
| " | 0x22 | ＂ |
| * | 0x2A | ＊ |
| : | 0x3A | ： |
| < | 0x3C | ＜ |
| > | 0x3E | ＞ |
| ? | 0x3F | ？ |
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
| | | 0x7C | ｜ |
File names can also not begin or end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
| HT | 0x09 | ␉ |
| LF | 0x0A | ␊ |
| VT | 0x0B | ␋ |
| CR | 0x0D | ␍ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
Here are the standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
Username
Password.
Note that OpenDrive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.
There are quite a few characters that can’t be in OpenDrive file names. These can’t occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
Paths are specified as remote:bucket (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg remote:bucket/path/to/dir.
Here is an example of making an QingStor configuration. First run
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/r/c/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / QingStor Object Storage
\ "qingstor"
[snip]
Storage> qingstor
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter QingStor credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
\ "true"
env_auth> 1
QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
access_key_id> access_key
QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
secret_access_key> secret_key
Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
endpoint>
Zone connect to. Default is "pek3a".
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
/ The Beijing (China) Three Zone
1 | Needs location constraint pek3a.
\ "pek3a"
/ The Shanghai (China) First Zone
2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
\ "sh1a"
zone> 1
Number of connnection retry.
Leave blank will use the default value "3".
connection_retries>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
env_auth = false
access_key_id = access_key
secret_access_key = secret_key
endpoint =
zone = pek3a
connection_retries =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yThis remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:Make a new bucket
rclone mkdir remote:bucketList the contents of a bucket
rclone ls remote:bucketSync /home/local/directory to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucketThis remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the rclone docs for more details.
rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart upload don’t have an MD5SUM.
With QingStor you can list buckets (rclone lsd) using any zone, but you can only access the content of a bucket from the zone it was created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong zone, you will get an error, incorrect zone, the bucket is not in 'XXX' zone.
There are two ways to supply rclone with a set of QingStor credentials. In order of precedence:
rclone config)
access_key_id and secret_access_keyenv_auth to true in the config filerclone
QS_ACCESS_KEY_ID or QS_ACCESS_KEYQS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY or QS_SECRET_KEYThe control characters 0x00-0x1F and / are replaced as in the default restricted characters set. Note that 0x7F is not replaced.
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
Here are the standard options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
QingStor Access Key ID Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
QingStor Secret Access Key (password) Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. Leave blank will use the default value “https://qingstor.com:443”
Zone to connect to. Default is “pek3a”.
Here are the advanced options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).
Number of connection retries.
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5GB.
Chunk size to use for uploading.
When uploading files larger than upload_cutoff they will be uploaded as multipart uploads using this chunk size.
Note that “–qingstor-upload-concurrency” chunks of this size are buffered in memory per transfer.
If you are transferring large files over high speed links and you have enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded concurrently.
NB if you set this to > 1 then the checksums of multpart uploads become corrupted (the uploads themselves are not corrupted though).
If you are uploading small numbers of large file over high speed link and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing this may help to speed up the transfers.
Swift refers to Openstack Object Storage. Commercial implementations of that being:
Paths are specified as remote:container (or remote: for the lsd command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg remote:container/path/to/dir.
Here is an example of making a swift configuration. First run
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
\ "swift"
[snip]
Storage> swift
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Enter swift credentials in the next step
\ "false"
2 / Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this.
\ "true"
env_auth> true
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
user>
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
key>
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Rackspace US
\ "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
2 / Rackspace UK
\ "https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
3 / Rackspace v2
\ "https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0"
4 / Memset Memstore UK
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0"
5 / Memset Memstore UK v2
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0"
6 / OVH
\ "https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v2.0"
auth>
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
user_id>
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
domain>
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
tenant>
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
tenant_id>
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
tenant_domain>
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
region>
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
storage_url>
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
auth_token>
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
auth_version>
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Public (default, choose this if not sure)
\ "public"
2 / Internal (use internal service net)
\ "internal"
3 / Admin
\ "admin"
endpoint_type>
Remote config
--------------------
[test]
env_auth = true
user =
key =
auth =
user_id =
domain =
tenant =
tenant_id =
tenant_domain =
region =
storage_url =
auth_token =
auth_version =
endpoint_type =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yThis remote is called remote and can now be used like this
See all containers
rclone lsd remote:Make a new container
rclone mkdir remote:containerList the contents of a container
rclone ls remote:containerSync /home/local/directory to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the container.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:containerAn OpenStack credentials file typically looks something something like this (without the comments)
export OS_AUTH_URL=https://a.provider.net/v2.0
export OS_TENANT_ID=ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
export OS_TENANT_NAME="1234567890123456"
export OS_USERNAME="123abc567xy"
echo "Please enter your OpenStack Password: "
read -sr OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
export OS_PASSWORD=$OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
export OS_REGION_NAME="SBG1"
if [ -z "$OS_REGION_NAME" ]; then unset OS_REGION_NAME; fiThe config file needs to look something like this where $OS_USERNAME represents the value of the OS_USERNAME variable - 123abc567xy in the example above.
[remote]
type = swift
user = $OS_USERNAME
key = $OS_PASSWORD
auth = $OS_AUTH_URL
tenant = $OS_TENANT_NAMENote that you may (or may not) need to set region too - try without first.
If you prefer you can configure rclone to use swift using a standard set of OpenStack environment variables.
When you run through the config, make sure you choose true for env_auth and leave everything else blank.
rclone will then set any empty config parameters from the environment using standard OpenStack environment variables. There is a list of the variables in the docs for the swift library.
If your OpenStack installation uses a non-standard authentication method that might not be yet supported by rclone or the underlying swift library, you can authenticate externally (e.g. calling manually the openstack commands to get a token). Then, you just need to pass the two configuration variables auth_token and storage_url. If they are both provided, the other variables are ignored. rclone will not try to authenticate but instead assume it is already authenticated and use these two variables to access the OpenStack installation.
You can use rclone with swift without a config file, if desired, like this:
source openstack-credentials-file
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_TYPE=swift
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_ENV_AUTH=true
rclone lsd myremote:This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the rclone docs for more details.
As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the metadata.
For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient to determine if it is “dirty”. By using --update along with --use-server-modtime, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
The storage policy to use when creating a new container
This applies the specified storage policy when creating a new container. The policy cannot be changed afterwards. The allowed configuration values and their meaning depend on your Swift storage provider.
Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.
Don’t chunk files during streaming upload.
When doing streaming uploads (eg using rcat or mount) setting this flag will cause the swift backend to not upload chunked files.
This will limit the maximum upload size to 5GB. However non chunked files are easier to deal with and have an MD5SUM.
Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal copy operations.
The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as X-Object-Meta-Mtime as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.
This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
The Swift API doesn’t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won’t check or use the MD5SUM for these.
Due to an oddity of the underlying swift library, it gives a “Bad Request” error rather than a more sensible error when the authentication fails for Swift.
So this most likely means your username / password is wrong. You can investigate further with the --dump-bodies flag.
This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn’t have (eg OVH).
This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when setting up a swift remote.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for pCloud involves getting a token from pCloud which you need to do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Pcloud
\ "pcloud"
[snip]
Storage> pcloud
Pcloud App Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Pcloud App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> ySee the remote setup docs for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from pCloud. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your pCloud
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your pCloud
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to an pCloud directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backuppCloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not. In order to set a Modification time pCloud requires the object be re-uploaded.
pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the --checksum flag.
In addition to the default restricted characters set the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
Deleted files will be moved to the trash. Your subscription level will determine how long items stay in the trash. rclone cleanup can be used to empty the trash.
Here are the standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
Pcloud App Client Id Leave blank normally.
Pcloud App Client Secret Leave blank normally.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for premiumize.me involves getting a token from premiumize.me which you need to do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / premiumize.me
\ "premiumizeme"
[snip]
Storage> premiumizeme
** See help for premiumizeme backend at: https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/ **
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
type = premiumizeme
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2029-08-07T18:44:15.548915378+01:00"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> See the remote setup docs for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from premiumize.me. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your premiumize.me
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your premiumize.me
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to an premiumize.me directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backuppremiumize.me does not support modification times or hashes, therefore syncing will default to --size-only checking. Note that using --update will work.
In addition to the default restricted characters set the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
| " | 0x22 | ＂ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
Here are the standard options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
API Key.
This is not normally used - use oauth instead.
Note that premiumize.me is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.
premiumize.me file names can’t have the \ or " characters in. rclone maps these to and from an identical looking unicode equivalents ＼ and ＂
premiumize.me only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
Paths are specified as remote:path
put.io paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
The initial setup for put.io involves getting a token from put.io which you need to do in your browser. rclone config walks you through it.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> putio
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Put.io
\ "putio"
[snip]
Storage> putio
** See help for putio backend at: https://rclone.org/putio/ **
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[putio]
type = putio
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXXXX","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
putio putio
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> qNote that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual mode.
You can then use it like this,
List directories in top level of your put.io
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your put.io
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to a put.io directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backupIn addition to the default restricted characters set the following characters are also replaced:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
SFTP is the Secure (or SSH) File Transfer Protocol.
The SFTP backend can be used with a number of different providers:
SFTP runs over SSH v2 and is installed as standard with most modern SSH installations.
Paths are specified as remote:path. If the path does not begin with a / it is relative to the home directory of the user. An empty path remote: refers to the user’s home directory.
"Note that some SFTP servers will need the leading / - Synology is a good example of this. rsync.net, on the other hand, requires users to OMIT the leading /.
Here is an example of making an SFTP configuration. First run
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process.
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / SSH/SFTP Connection
\ "sftp"
[snip]
Storage> sftp
SSH host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "example.com"
host> example.com
SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
user> sftpuser
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
port>
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> n
Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
key_file>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
host = example.com
user = sftpuser
port =
pass =
key_file =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yThis remote is called remote and can now be used like this:
See all directories in the home directory
rclone lsd remote:Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directoryList the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:path/to/directorySync /home/local/directory to the remote directory, deleting any excess files in the directory.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directoryThe SFTP remote supports three authentication methods:
Key files should be PEM-encoded private key files. For instance /home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa. Only unencrypted OpenSSH or PEM encrypted files are supported.
If you don’t specify pass or key_file then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh-agent.
You can also specify key_use_agent to force the usage of an ssh-agent. In this case key_file can also be specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.
Using an ssh-agent is the only way to load encrypted OpenSSH keys at the moment.
If you set the --sftp-ask-password option, rclone will prompt for a password when needed and no password has been configured.
Note that there seem to be various problems with using an ssh-agent on macOS due to recent changes in the OS. The most effective work-around seems to be to start an ssh-agent in each session, eg
eval `ssh-agent -s` && ssh-add -AAnd then at the end of the session
eval `ssh-agent -k`These commands can be used in scripts of course.
Modified times are stored on the server to 1 second precision.
Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported.
Some SFTP servers disable setting/modifying the file modification time after upload (for example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with mod_sftp). If you are using one of these servers, you can set the option set_modtime = false in your RClone backend configuration to disable this behaviour.
Here are the standard options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).
SSH host to connect to
SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
Only PEM encrypted key files (old OpenSSH format) are supported. Encrypted keys in the new OpenSSH format can’t be used.
When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
When key-file is also set, the “.pub” file of the specified key-file is read and only the associated key is requested from the ssh-agent. This allows to avoid Too many authentication failures for *username* errors when the ssh-agent contains many keys.
Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
This enables the use of the the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:
Those algorithms are insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available. Leave blank or set to false to enable hashing (recommended), set to true to disable hashing.
Here are the advanced options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).
Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
If this is set and no password is supplied then rclone will: - ask for a password - not contact the ssh agent
Override path used by SSH connection.
This allows checksum calculation when SFTP and SSH paths are different. This issue affects among others Synology NAS boxes.
Shared folders can be found in directories representing volumes
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --ssh-path-override /volume2/directoryHome directory can be found in a shared folder called “home”
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/home/directory --ssh-path-override /volume1/homes/USER/directorySet the modified time on the remote if set.
The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and md5sum or sha1sum as well as echo are in the remote’s PATH. This remote checksumming (file hashing) is recommended and enabled by default. Disabling the checksumming may be required if you are connecting to SFTP servers which are not under your control, and to which the execution of remote commands is prohibited. Set the configuration option disable_hashcheck to true to disable checksumming.
SFTP also supports about if the same login has shell access and df are in the remote’s PATH. about will return the total space, free space, and used space on the remote for the disk of the specified path on the remote or, if not set, the disk of the root on the remote. about will fail if it does not have shell access or if df is not in the remote’s PATH.
Note that some SFTP servers (eg Synology) the paths are different for SSH and SFTP so the hashes can’t be calculated properly. For them using disable_hashcheck is a good idea.
The only ssh agent supported under Windows is Putty’s pageant.
The Go SSH library disables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher by default, due to security concerns. This can be re-enabled on a per-connection basis by setting the use_insecure_cipher setting in the configuration file to true. Further details on the insecurity of this cipher can be found [in this paper] (http://www.isg.rhul.ac.uk/~kp/SandPfinal.pdf).
SFTP isn’t supported under plan9 until this issue is fixed.
Note that since SFTP isn’t HTTP based the following flags don’t work with it: --dump-headers, --dump-bodies, --dump-auth
Note that --timeout isn’t supported (but --contimeout is).
C14 is supported through the SFTP backend.
rsync.net is supported through the SFTP backend.
See rsync.net’s documentation of rclone examples.
The union remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS using other remotes.
Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg remote:directory/subdirectory or /directory/subdirectory.
During the initial setup with rclone config you will specify the target remotes as a space separated list. The target remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.
The order of the remotes is important as it defines which remotes take precedence over others if there are files with the same name in the same logical path. The last remote is the topmost remote and replaces files with the same name from previous remotes.
Only the last remote is used to write to and delete from, all other remotes are read-only.
Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a union remote named backup with the remotes mydrive:private/backup mydrive2:/backup. Invoking rclone mkdir backup:desktop is exactly the same as invoking rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop.
There will be no special handling of paths containing .. segments. Invoking rclone mkdir backup:../desktop is exactly the same as invoking rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/../desktop.
Here is an example of how to make a union called remote for local folders. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Union merges the contents of several remotes
\ "union"
[snip]
Storage> union
List of space separated remotes.
Can be 'remotea:test/dir remoteb:', '"remotea:test/space dir" remoteb:', etc.
The last remote is used to write to.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
remotes>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = union
remotes = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
Current remotes:
Name Type
==== ====
remote union
e) Edit existing remote
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
r) Rename remote
c) Copy remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> qOnce configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level in C:\dir1, C:\dir2 and C:\dir3
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in C:\dir1, C:\dir2 and C:\dir3
rclone ls remote:Copy another local directory to the union directory called source, which will be placed into C:\dir3
rclone copy C:\source remote:sourceHere are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the contents of several remotes).
List of space separated remotes. Can be ‘remotea:test/dir remoteb:’, ‘“remotea:test/space dir” remoteb:’, etc. The last remote is used to write to.
Paths are specified as remote:path
Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
To configure the WebDAV remote you will need to have a URL for it, and a username and password. If you know what kind of system you are connecting to then rclone can enable extra features.
Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
q) Quit config
n/s/q> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Webdav
\ "webdav"
[snip]
Storage> webdav
URL of http host to connect to
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Connect to example.com
\ "https://example.com"
url> https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / Nextcloud
\ "nextcloud"
2 / Owncloud
\ "owncloud"
3 / Sharepoint
\ "sharepoint"
4 / Other site/service or software
\ "other"
vendor> 1
User name
user> user
Password.
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
n) No leave this optional password blank
y/g/n> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
bearer_token>
Remote config
--------------------
[remote]
type = webdav
url = https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
vendor = nextcloud
user = user
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
bearer_token =
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> yOnce configured you can then use rclone like this,
List directories in top level of your WebDAV
rclone lsd remote:List all the files in your WebDAV
rclone ls remote:To copy a local directory to an WebDAV directory called backup
rclone copy /home/source remote:backupPlain WebDAV does not support modified times. However when used with Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support modified times.
Likewise plain WebDAV does not support hashes, however when used with Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support SHA1 and MD5 hashes. Depending on the exact version of Owncloud or Nextcloud hashes may appear on all objects, or only on objects which had a hash uploaded with them.
Here are the standard options specific to webdav (Webdav).
URL of http host to connect to
Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
User name
Password.
Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
Here are the advanced options specific to webdav (Webdav).
Command to run to get a bearer token
See below for notes on specific providers.
Click on the settings cog in the bottom right of the page and this will show the WebDAV URL that rclone needs in the config step. It will look something like https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/.
Owncloud supports modified times using the X-OC-Mtime header.
This is configured in an identical way to Owncloud. Note that Nextcloud does not support streaming of files (rcat) whereas Owncloud does. This may be fixed in the future.
Rclone can be used with Sharepoint provided by OneDrive for Business or Office365 Education Accounts. This feature is only needed for a few of these Accounts, mostly Office365 Education ones. These accounts are sometimes not verified by the domain owner github#1975
This means that these accounts can’t be added using the official API (other Accounts should work with the “onedrive” option). However, it is possible to access them using webdav.
To use a sharepoint remote with rclone, add it like this: First, you need to get your remote’s URL:
https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspxYou’ll only need this URL upto the email address. After that, you’ll most likely want to add “/Documents”. That subdirectory contains the actual data stored on your OneDrive.
Add the remote to rclone like this: Configure the url as https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents and use your normal account email and password for user and pass. If you have 2FA enabled, you have to generate an app password. Set the vendor to sharepoint.
Your config file should look like this:
[sharepoint]
type = webdav
url = https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents
vendor = other
user = YourEmailAddress
pass = encryptedpasswordAs SharePoint does some special things with uploaded documents, you won’t be able to use the documents size or the documents hash to compare if a file has been changed since the upload / which file is newer.
For Rclone calls copying files (especially Office files such as .docx, .xlsx, etc.) from/to SharePoint (like copy, sync, etc.), you should append these flags to ensure Rclone uses the “Last Modified” datetime property to compare your documents:
--ignore-size --ignore-checksum --updatedCache is a storage system that supports many protocols and authentication/authorisation schemes. For WebDAV clients, it allows users to authenticate with username and password (BASIC), X.509, Kerberos, and various bearer tokens, including Macaroons and OpenID-Connect access tokens.
Configure as normal using the other type. Don’t enter a username or password, instead enter your Macaroon as the bearer_token.
The config will end up looking something like this.
[dcache]
type = webdav
url = https://dcache...
vendor = other
user =
pass =
bearer_token = your-macaroonThere is a script that obtains a Macaroon from a dCache WebDAV endpoint, and creates an rclone config file.
Macaroons may also be obtained from the dCacheView web-browser/JavaScript client that comes with dCache.
dCache also supports authenticating with OpenID-Connect access tokens. OpenID-Connect is a protocol (based on OAuth 2.0) that allows services to identify users who have authenticated with some central service.
Support for OpenID-Connect in rclone is currently achieved using another software package called oidc-agent. This is a command-line tool that facilitates obtaining an access token. Once installed and configured, an access token is obtained by running the oidc-token command. The following example shows a (shortened) access token obtained from the XDC OIDC Provider.
paul@celebrimbor:~$ oidc-token XDC
eyJraWQ[...]QFXDt0
paul@celebrimbor:~$Note Before the oidc-token command will work, the refresh token must be loaded into the oidc agent. This is done with the oidc-add command (e.g., oidc-add XDC). This is typically done once per login session. Full details on this and how to register oidc-agent with your OIDC Provider are provided in the oidc-agent documentation.
The rclone bearer_token_command configuration option is used to fetch the access token from oidc-agent.
Configure as a normal WebDAV endpoint, using the ‘other’ vendor, leaving the username and password empty. When prompted, choose to edit the advanced config and enter the command to get a bearer token (e.g., oidc-agent XDC).
The following example config shows a WebDAV endpoint that uses oidc-agent to supply an access token from the XDC OIDC Provider.
[dcache]
type = webdav
url = https://dcache.example.org/
vendor = other
bearer_token_command = oidc-token XDCYandex Disk is a cloud storage solution created by Yandex.
Here is an example of making a yandex configuration. First run
rclone configThis will guide you through an interactive setup process:
No remotes found - make a new one
n) New remote
s) Set configuration password
n/s> n
name> remote
Type of storage to configure.
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
[snip]
XX / Yandex Disk
\ "yandex"
[snip]
Storage> yandex
Yandex Client Id - leave blank normally.
client_id>
Yandex Client Secret - leave blank normally.
client_secret>
Remote config
Use auto config?
* Say Y if not sure
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
y) Yes
n) No
y/n> y
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
Log in and authorize rclone for access
Waiting for code...
Got code
--------------------
[remote]
client_id =
client_secret =
token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"2016-12-29T12:27:11.362788025Z"}
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> ySee the remote setup docs for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.
Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Yandex Disk. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on http://127.0.0.1:53682/ and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.
Once configured you can then use rclone like this,
See top level directories
rclone lsd remote:Make a new directory
rclone mkdir remote:directoryList the contents of a directory
rclone ls remote:directorySync /home/local/directory to the remote path, deleting any excess files in the path.
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directoryYandex paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
Modified times are supported and are stored accurate to 1 ns in custom metadata called rclone_modified in RFC3339 with nanoseconds format.
MD5 checksums are natively supported by Yandex Disk.
If you wish to empty your trash you can use the rclone cleanup remote: command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.
To view your current quota you can use the rclone about remote: command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.
The default restricted characters set are replaced.
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.
When uploading very large files (bigger than about 5GB) you will need to increase the --timeout parameter. This is because Yandex pauses (perhaps to calculate the MD5SUM for the entire file) before returning confirmation that the file has been uploaded. The default handling of timeouts in rclone is to assume a 5 minute pause is an error and close the connection - you’ll see net/http: timeout awaiting response headers errors in the logs if this is happening. Setting the timeout to twice the max size of file in GB should be enough, so if you want to upload a 30GB file set a timeout of 2 * 30 = 60m, that is --timeout 60m.
Here are the standard options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
Yandex Client Id Leave blank normally.
Yandex Client Secret Leave blank normally.
Here are the advanced options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating. Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.
Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, eg /path/to/wherever, so
rclone sync /home/source /tmp/destinationWill sync /home/source to /tmp/destination
These can be configured into the config file for consistencies sake, but it is probably easier not to.
Rclone reads and writes the modified time using an accuracy determined by the OS. Typically this is 1ns on Linux, 10 ns on Windows and 1 Second on OS X.
Filenames should be encoded in UTF-8 on disk. This is the normal case for Windows and OS X.
There is a bit more uncertainty in the Linux world, but new distributions will have UTF-8 encoded files names. If you are using an old Linux filesystem with non UTF-8 file names (eg latin1) then you can use the convmv tool to convert the filesystem to UTF-8. This tool is available in most distributions’ package managers.
If an invalid (non-UTF8) filename is read, the invalid characters will be replaced with a quoted representation of the invalid bytes. The name gro\xdf will be transferred as gro‛DF. rclone will emit a debug message in this case (use -v to see), eg
Local file system at .: Replacing invalid UTF-8 characters in "gro\xdf"On non Windows platforms the following characters are replaced when handling file names.
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
When running on Windows the following characters are replaced. This list is based on the Windows file naming conventions.
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| NUL | 0x00 | ␀ |
| SOH | 0x01 | ␁ |
| STX | 0x02 | ␂ |
| ETX | 0x03 | ␃ |
| EOT | 0x04 | ␄ |
| ENQ | 0x05 | ␅ |
| ACK | 0x06 | ␆ |
| BEL | 0x07 | ␇ |
| BS | 0x08 | ␈ |
| HT | 0x09 | ␉ |
| LF | 0x0A | ␊ |
| VT | 0x0B | ␋ |
| FF | 0x0C | ␌ |
| CR | 0x0D | ␍ |
| SO | 0x0E | ␎ |
| SI | 0x0F | ␏ |
| DLE | 0x10 | ␐ |
| DC1 | 0x11 | ␑ |
| DC2 | 0x12 | ␒ |
| DC3 | 0x13 | ␓ |
| DC4 | 0x14 | ␔ |
| NAK | 0x15 | ␕ |
| SYN | 0x16 | ␖ |
| ETB | 0x17 | ␗ |
| CAN | 0x18 | ␘ |
| EM | 0x19 | ␙ |
| SUB | 0x1A | ␚ |
| ESC | 0x1B | ␛ |
| FS | 0x1C | ␜ |
| GS | 0x1D | ␝ |
| RS | 0x1E | ␞ |
| US | 0x1F | ␟ |
| / | 0x2F | ／ |
| " | 0x22 | ＂ |
| * | 0x2A | ＊ |
| : | 0x3A | ： |
| < | 0x3C | ＜ |
| > | 0x3E | ＞ |
| ? | 0x3F | ？ |
| \ | 0x5C | ＼ |
| | | 0x7C | ｜ |
File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
| Character | Value | Replacement |
|---|---|---|
| SP | 0x20 | ␠ |
| . | 0x2E | ． |
Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be converted to UTF-16.
Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to long UNC paths which allows paths up to 32,767 characters.
This is why you will see that your paths, for instance c:\files is converted to the UNC path \\?\c:\files in the output, and \\server\share is converted to \\?\UNC\server\share.
However, in rare cases this may cause problems with buggy file system drivers like EncFS. To disable UNC conversion globally, add this to your .rclone.conf file:
[local]
nounc = trueIf you want to selectively disable UNC, you can add it to a separate entry like this:
[nounc]
type = local
nounc = trueAnd use rclone like this:
rclone copy c:\src nounc:z:\dst
This will use UNC paths on c:\src but not on z:\dst. Of course this will cause problems if the absolute path length of a file exceeds 258 characters on z, so only use this option if you have to.
Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave like symlinks under Windows).
If you supply --copy-links or -L then rclone will follow the symlink and copy the pointed to file or directory. Note that this flag is incompatible with -links / -l.
This flag applies to all commands.
For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this
$ tree /tmp/a
/tmp/a
├── b -> ../b
├── expected -> ../expected
├── one
└── two
└── threeThen you can see the difference with and without the flag like this
$ rclone ls /tmp/a
6 one
6 two/threeand
$ rclone -L ls /tmp/a
4174 expected
6 one
6 two/three
6 b/two
6 b/oneNormally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave like symlinks under Windows).
If you supply this flag then rclone will copy symbolic links from the local storage, and store them as text files, with a ‘.rclonelink’ suffix in the remote storage.
The text file will contain the target of the symbolic link (see example).
This flag applies to all commands.
For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this
$ tree /tmp/a
/tmp/a
├── file1 -> ./file4
└── file2 -> /home/user/file3Copying the entire directory with ‘-l’
$ rclone copyto -l /tmp/a/file1 remote:/tmp/a/The remote files are created with a ‘.rclonelink’ suffix
$ rclone ls remote:/tmp/a
5 file1.rclonelink
14 file2.rclonelinkThe remote files will contain the target of the symbolic links
$ rclone cat remote:/tmp/a/file1.rclonelink
./file4
$ rclone cat remote:/tmp/a/file2.rclonelink
/home/user/file3Copying them back with ‘-l’
$ rclone copyto -l remote:/tmp/a/ /tmp/b/
$ tree /tmp/b
/tmp/b
├── file1 -> ./file4
└── file2 -> /home/user/file3However, if copied back without ‘-l’
$ rclone copyto remote:/tmp/a/ /tmp/b/
$ tree /tmp/b
/tmp/b
├── file1.rclonelink
└── file2.rclonelinkNote that this flag is incompatible with -copy-links / -L.
Normally rclone will recurse through filesystems as mounted.
However if you set --one-file-system or -x this tells rclone to stay in the filesystem specified by the root and not to recurse into different file systems.
For example if you have a directory hierarchy like this
root
├── disk1 - disk1 mounted on the root
│ └── file3 - stored on disk1
├── disk2 - disk2 mounted on the root
│ └── file4 - stored on disk12
├── file1 - stored on the root disk
└── file2 - stored on the root diskUsing rclone --one-file-system copy root remote: will only copy file1 and file2. Eg
$ rclone -q --one-file-system ls root
0 file1
0 file2$ rclone -q ls root
0 disk1/file3
0 disk2/file4
0 file1
0 file2NB Rclone (like most unix tools such as du, rsync and tar) treats a bind mount to the same device as being on the same filesystem.
NB This flag is only available on Unix based systems. On systems where it isn’t supported (eg Windows) it will be ignored.
Here are the standard options specific to local (Local Disk).
Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
Here are the advanced options specific to local (Local Disk).
Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a ‘.rclonelink’ extension
Don’t warn about skipped symlinks. This flag disables warning messages on skipped symlinks or junction points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped.
Don’t apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
This flag is deprecated now. Rclone no longer normalizes unicode file names, but it compares them with unicode normalization in the sync routine instead.
Don’t check to see if the files change during upload
Normally rclone checks the size and modification time of files as they are being uploaded and aborts with a message which starts “can’t copy - source file is being updated” if the file changes during upload.
However on some file systems this modification time check may fail (eg Glusterfs #2206) so this check can be disabled with this flag.
Don’t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else. Use this flag to override the default choice.
Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else. Use this flag to override the default choice.
--auto-filename flag for using file name from URL in destination path (Denis)--update/-u not transfer files that haven’t changed (Nick Craig-Wood)--files-from without --no-traverse doing a recursive scan (Nick Craig-Wood)--progress work in git bash on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)--size-only and --ignore-size together. (Nick Craig-Wood)--files-from is in use (Michele Caci)--vfs-case-insensitive for windows/macOS mounts (Ivan Andreev)unverified: prefix on sha1 to improve interop (eg with CyberDuck) (Nick Craig-Wood)--drive-shared-with-me from the root with lsand --fast-list (Nick Craig-Wood)--http-no-head to stop rclone doing HEAD in listings (Nick Craig-Wood)--sftp-ask-password trying to contact the ssh agent (Nick Craig-Wood)--sftp-use-insecure-cipher (Carlos Ferreyra)--progress (Nick Craig-Wood)-u/--update with google photos / files of unknown size (Nick Craig-Wood)--compare-dest & --copy-dest (yparitcher)--suffix without --backup-dir for backup to current dir (yparitcher)config reconnect to re-login (re-run the oauth login) for the backend. (Nick Craig-Wood)config userinfo to discover which user you are logged in as. (Nick Craig-Wood)config disconnect to disconnect you (log out) from the backend. (Nick Craig-Wood)--use-json-log for JSON logging (justinalin)--ignore-checksum (Nick Craig-Wood)--size-only mode (Nick Craig-Wood)--baseurl for rcd and web-gui (Chaitanya Bankanhal)--auth-proxy (Nick Craig-Wood)--baseurl (Nick Craig-Wood)--baseurl (Nick Craig-Wood)--baseurl (Nick Craig-Wood)--auth-proxy (Nick Craig-Wood)--no-traverse (buengese)--loopback with rc/list and others (Nick Craig-Wood)--deamon-timout to 15 minutes on macOS and FreeBSD (Nick Craig-Wood)--vfs-cache-mode minimal and writes ignoring cached files (Nick Craig-Wood)--local-case-sensitive and --local-case-insensitive (Nick Craig-Wood)--drive-trashed-only (ginvine)--http-headers flag for setting arbitrary headers (Nick Craig-Wood)--webdav-bearer-token-command (Nick Craig-Wood)--webdav-bearer-token-command (Nick Craig-Wood)--multi-thread-cutoff and --multi-thread-streams--ignore-case-sync for forced case insensitivity (garry415)--stats-one-line-date and --stats-one-line-date-format (Peter Berbec)--no-check-certificate (Stefan Breunig)--loopback flag to run commands directly without a server (Nick Craig-Wood)--ftp-public-ip flag to specify public IP (calistri)--private-repos in serve restic (Florian Apolloner)--backup-dir (Nick Craig-Wood)--ignore-checksum is in effect, don’t calculate checksum (Nick Craig-Wood)--rc-serve (Nick Craig-Wood)--drive-server-side-across-configs to default back to old server side copy semantics by default (Nick Craig-Wood)--drive-size-as-quota to show storage quota usage for file size (Garry McNulty)--ftp-no-check-certificate option for FTPS (Gary Kim)--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint (Nick Craig-Wood)df results so it can cope with -ve results (Nick Craig-Wood)--fast-list for listing operations where it won’t use more memory (Nick Craig-Wood)
ListRdedupe, serve restic lsf, ls, lsl, lsjson, lsd, md5sum, sha1sum, hashsum, size, delete, cat, settier--disable ListR to get old behaviour if required--files-from traverse the destination unless --no-traverse is set (Nick Craig-Wood)
--files-from with Google drive and excessive API use in general.--max-transfer (Nick Craig-Wood)--create-empty-src-dirs flag and default to not creating empty dirs (ishuah)--ca-cert/--client-cert/--client-key (Nick Craig-Wood)--suffix-keep-extension for use with --suffix (Nick Craig-Wood)--files-only and --dirs-only flags (calistri)rclone link (Nick Craig-Wood)--stats-unit bits is in effect (Nick Craig-Wood)src_last_modified_millis (Nick Craig-Wood)--skip-checksum-gphotos to ignore incorrect checksums on Google Photos (Nick Craig-Wood)--fast-list eventual consistency (Nestar47)--ftp-concurrency to limit maximum number of connections (Nick Craig-Wood)--http-no-slash for websites with directories with no slashes (Nick Craig-Wood)--no-traverse flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
--use-mmap if having memory problems - not default yet--files-from (Nick Craig-Wood)--use-cookies for all HTTP based remotes (qip)--checksum is set but there are no hashes available (Nick Craig-Wood)-l short flag as it conflicts with the new global flag (weetmuts)--progress crash under Windows Jenkins (Nick Craig-Wood)--dry-run (Denis Skovpen)--vfs-cache-max-size to limit the total size of the cache (Nick Craig-Wood)--dir-perms and --file-perms flags to set default permissions (Nick Craig-Wood)--dry-run set (Nick Craig-Wood)--fast-list flag-l/--links (symbolic link translation) (yair@unicorn)
link.rclonelink - see local backend docs for more info-L/--copy-links--dump headers, --tpslimit etc (Nick Craig-Wood)--b2-disable-checksum flag (Wojciech Smigielski)
--drive-pacer-min-sleep and --drive-pacer-burst to control the pacervfs/refresh (Fabian Möller)--drive-impersonate and appfolders (Nick Craig-Wood)--files-from and non-existent files (Nick Craig-Wood)--qingstor-upload-concurrency to 1 to work around bug (Nick Craig-Wood)--s3-upload-cutoff for single part uploads below this (Nick Craig-Wood)--s3-upload-concurrency default to 4 to increase perfomance (Nick Craig-Wood)--s3-bucket-acl to control bucket ACL (Nick Craig-Wood)--swift-no-chunk to disable segmented uploads in rcat/mount (Nick Craig-Wood)--rc-no-auth flag--rc-files flag to serve files on the rc http server
--rc port is in use already--files-from only read the objects specified and don’t scan directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
--ignore-case flag (Nick Craig-Wood)--json flag for structured JSON input (Nick Craig-Wood)--user and --pass flags and interpret --rc-user, --rc-pass, --rc-addr (Nick Craig-Wood)--progress update the stats correctly at the end (Nick Craig-Wood)--dry-run (Nick Craig-Wood)--volname work for Windows and macOS (Nick Craig-Wood)--fast-list handing of empty folders (albertony)+ and & in (Nick Craig-Wood)--webdav-user and --webdav-pass flags work (Nick Craig-Wood)--log-format flag for more control over log output (dcpu)--config (albertony)--progress on windows (Nick Craig-Wood)--azureblob-list-chunk parameter (Santiago Rodríguez)--drive-import-formats - google docs can now be imported (Fabian Möller)
--drive-v2-download-min-size a workaround for slow downloads (Fabian Möller)--fast-list support (albertony)--jottacloud-hard-delete (albertony)--s3-v2-auth flag (Nick Craig-Wood)--backup-dir on union backend (Nick Craig-Wood)Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
--progress and --stats 0 (Nick Craig-Wood)--progress/-P flag to show interactive progress (Nick Craig-Wood)--stats-one-line flag for single line stats (Nick Craig-Wood)--bwlimit (Mateusz)--etag-hash (Nick Craig-Wood)version --check: Prints the current release and beta versions (Nick Craig-Wood)--delete-empty-src-dirs flag to delete all empty dirs on move (ishuah)--daemon-timeout flag for OSXFUSE (Nick Craig-Wood)--daemon not working with encrypted config (Alex Chen)--local-no-unicode-normalization is supplied (Nick Craig-Wood)--box-commit-retries flag defaulting to 100 to fix large uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)--drive-keep-revision-forever flag (lewapm)--fast-list for large speedups (Fabian Möller)--fast-list (Nick Craig-Wood)df support). (Sebastian Bünger)--mega-hard-delete flag (Nick Craig-Wood)--fast-list (Nick Craig-Wood)--s3-force-path-style (Nick Craig-Wood)storage_policy (Ruben Vandamme)storage_url or auth_token can be overidden (Nick Craig-Wood)--files-from work-around
--max-transfer flag to quit transferring at a limit
--max-transfer exceeded--one-way flag (Kasper Byrdal Nielsen)--rc port--absolute flag to add a leading / onto path names--csv flag for compliant CSV output--retries-sleep flag (Benjamin Joseph Dag)--log-file fixed for unix (Filip Bartodziej)--noappledouble --noapplexattr--volname flag and remove special chars from it--daemon work for macOS without CGO--vfs-read-chunk-size and --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit (Fabian Möller)-L to your command line to copy files with reparse points/ in the path--drive-acknowledge-abuse to download flagged files--drive-alternate-export to fix large doc export--s3-upload-concurrency (themylogin)--s3-chunk-size which was always using the minimum--ssh-path-override flag (Piotr Oleszczyk)make tarball (Chih-Hsuan Yen)df)--attr-timeout default to 1s - fixes:
df -i (upstream fix). and .. from directory listing--s3-disable-checksum to disable checksum uploading (Chris Redekop)lsf: list for parsing purposes (Jakub Tasiemski)
serve restic: for serving a remote as a Restic REST endpoint
rc: enable the remote control of a running rclone
--max-delete flag to add a delete threshold (Bjørn Erik Pedersen)cat: Use RangeOption for limited fetches to make more efficientcryptcheck: make reading of nonce more efficient with RangeOption--user --pass and --htpasswd for authenticationcopy/move: detect file size change during copy/move and abort transfer (ishuah)cryptdecode: added option to return encrypted file names. (ishuah)lsjson: add --encrypted to show encrypted name (Jakub Tasiemski)--stats-file-name-length to specify the printed file name length for stats (Will Gunn)--backup-dir don’t delete files if we can’t set their modtime
--backup-dirserve http: fix serving files with : in - fixes--exclude-if-present to ignore directories which it doesn’t have permission for (Iakov Davydov)--no-traverse flag because it is obsolete--attr-timeout flag to control attribute caching in kernel
--daemon flag to allow mount to run in the background (ishuah)--vfs-cache-mode writes and above
--vfs-cache-poll-interval=0--cache-db-wait-time flag--drive-impersonate for service accounts
--drive-use-created-date to use created date as modified date (nbuchanan)--drive-auth-owner-only to look in all directories--sftp-ask-password flag to prompt for password when needed (Leo R. Lundgren)set_modtime configuration optionrcat - read from standard input and stream uploadtree - shows a nicely formatted recursive listingcryptdecode - decode crypted file names (thanks ishuah)config show - print the config fileconfig file - print the config file locationsyncdedupe - implement merging of duplicate directoriescheck and cryptcheck made more consistent and use less memorycleanup for remaining remotes (thanks ishuah)--immutable for ensuring that files don’t change (thanks Jacob McNamee)--user-agent option (thanks Alex McGrath Kraak)--disable flag to disable optional features--bind flag for choosing the local addr on outgoing connectionssynccheck obey --ignore-sizeconfig ensures newly written config is on the same mount--skip-links to suppress symlink warnings (thanks Zhiming Wang)rcat internals to support uploads from all remotes--fast-list--drive-use-trash to true--b2-hard-delete to permanently delete (not hide) files (thanks John Papandriopoulos)default containerendpoint_type config: inrclone mount to limit external apps--size-only or --checksum to avoid this--stats flag--files-from operations iterating through the source bucket.rclone check shows count of hashes that couldn’t be checkedrclone listremotes commandAuthorization: lines from --dump-headers outputrclone move command
rclone check on crypted file systems-qrclone mount - FUSE
--no-modtime, --debug-fuse, --read-only, --allow-non-empty, --allow-root, --allow-other--default-permissions, --write-back-cache, --max-read-ahead, --umask, --uid, --gid--dir-cache-time to control caching of directory entries-no-seek flag to disable--acd-upload-wait-per-gb
-x/--one-file-system to stay on a single file system
.epub, .odp and .tsv as export formats.rclone config now goes through the wizard+ in them.X-Bz-Test-Mode header.--max-size 0bb suffix so we can specify bytes in –bwlimit, –min-size etc-I, --ignore-times for unconditional uploaddedupecommand
--dry-run--dedupe-mode for non interactive running
--dedupe-mode interactive - interactive the default.--dedupe-mode skip - removes identical files then skips anything left.--dedupe-mode first - removes identical files then keeps the first one.--dedupe-mode newest - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.--dedupe-mode oldest - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.--dedupe-mode rename - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.--size-only flag.--size-only.rclone config adding more help and making it easier to understand-u/--update so creation times can be used on all remotes--low-level-retries flag--no-gzip-encoding--dry-run setmove command--log-filedelete command to wait until all finished - fixes missing deletes.more than one upload using auth tokenstorage_url in the config - thanks Xavier Lucasrclone authorizedelete command which does obey the filters (unlike purge)dedupe command to deduplicate a remote. Useful with Google Drive.--ignore-existing flag to skip all files that exist on destination.--delete-before, --delete-during, --delete-after flags.--memprofile flag to debug memory use.--include rules add their implict exclude * at the end of the filter list--drive-auth-owner-only to only consider files owned by the user - thanks Björn Harrtell+ in.--dry-run!--no-check-certificate option to disable server certificate verificationrclone size for measuring remotes--dump-headers--drive-use-trash flag so rclone trashes instead of deletesRclone doesn’t currently preserve the timestamps of directories. This is because rclone only really considers objects when syncing.
Currently rclone loads each directory entirely into memory before using it. Since each Rclone object takes 0.5k-1k of memory this can take a very long time and use an extremely large amount of memory.
Millions of files in a directory tend caused by software writing cloud storage (eg S3 buckets).
Bucket based remotes (eg S3/GCS/Swift/B2) do not have a concept of directories. Rclone therefore cannot create directories in them which means that empty directories on a bucket based remote will tend to disappear.
Some software creates empty keys ending in / as directory markers. Rclone doesn’t do this as it potentially creates more objects and costs more. It may do in future (probably with a flag).
Bugs are stored in rclone’s GitHub project:
Yes they do. All the rclone commands (eg sync, copy etc) will work on all the remote storage systems.
Sure! Rclone stores all of its config in a single file. If you want to find this file, run rclone config file which will tell you where it is.
See the remote setup docs for more info.
This has now been documented in its own remote setup page.
Rclone can sync between two remote cloud storage systems just fine.
Note that it effectively downloads the file and uploads it again, so the node running rclone would need to have lots of bandwidth.
The syncs would be incremental (on a file by file basis).
Eg
rclone sync drive:Folder s3:bucketYou can use rclone from multiple places at the same time if you choose different subdirectory for the output, eg
Server A> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerA
Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerBIf you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg
Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
Server B> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:BackupThe file names you upload from Server A and Server B should be different in this case, otherwise some file systems (eg Drive) may make duplicates.
Rclone stores each file you transfer as a native object on the remote cloud storage system. This means that you can see the files you upload as expected using alternative access methods (eg using the Google Drive web interface). There is a 1:1 mapping between files on your hard disk and objects created in the cloud storage system.
Cloud storage systems (at least none I’ve come across yet) don’t support partially uploading an object. You can’t take an existing object, and change some bytes in the middle of it.
It would be possible to make a sync system which stored binary diffs instead of whole objects like rclone does, but that would break the 1:1 mapping of files on your hard disk to objects in the remote cloud storage system.
All the cloud storage systems support partial downloads of content, so it would be possible to make partial downloads work. However to make this work efficiently this would require storing a significant amount of metadata, which breaks the desired 1:1 mapping of files to objects.
No, not at present. rclone only does uni-directional sync from A -> B. It may do in the future though since it has all the primitives - it just requires writing the algorithm to do it.
Yes. rclone will follow the standard environment variables for proxies, similar to cURL and other programs.
In general the variables are called http_proxy (for services reached over http) and https_proxy (for services reached over https). Most public services will be using https, but you may wish to set both.
The content of the variable is protocol://server:port. The protocol value is the one used to talk to the proxy server, itself, and is commonly either http or socks5.
Slightly annoyingly, there is no standard for the name; some applications may use http_proxy but another one HTTP_PROXY. The Go libraries used by rclone will try both variations, but you may wish to set all possibilities. So, on Linux, you may end up with code similar to
export http_proxy=http://proxyserver:12345
export https_proxy=$http_proxy
export HTTP_PROXY=$http_proxy
export HTTPS_PROXY=$http_proxyThe NO_PROXY allows you to disable the proxy for specific hosts. Hosts must be comma separated, and can contain domains or parts. For instance “foo.com” also matches “bar.foo.com”.
e.g.
export no_proxy=localhost,127.0.0.0/8,my.host.name
export NO_PROXY=$no_proxyNote that the ftp backend does not support ftp_proxy yet.
This means that rclone can’t file the SSL root certificates. Likely you are running rclone on a NAS with a cut-down Linux OS, or possibly on Solaris.
Rclone (via the Go runtime) tries to load the root certificates from these places on Linux.
"/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt", // Debian/Ubuntu/Gentoo etc.
"/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt", // Fedora/RHEL
"/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem", // OpenSUSE
"/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem", // OpenELECSo doing something like this should fix the problem. It also sets the time which is important for SSL to work properly.
mkdir -p /etc/ssl/certs/
curl -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
ntpclient -s -h pool.ntp.orgThe two environment variables SSL_CERT_FILE and SSL_CERT_DIR, mentioned in the x509 package, provide an additional way to provide the SSL root certificates.
Note that you may need to add the --insecure option to the curl command line if it doesn’t work without.
curl --insecure -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crtLikely this means that you are running rclone on Linux version not supported by the go runtime, ie earlier than version 2.6.23.
See the system requirements section in the go install docs for full details.
This is caused by uploading these files from a Windows computer which hasn’t got the Microsoft Office suite installed. The easiest way to fix is to install the Word viewer and the Microsoft Office Compatibility Pack for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint 2007 and later versions’ file formats
This happens when rclone cannot resolve a domain. Please check that your DNS setup is generally working, e.g.
# both should print a long list of possible IP addresses
dig www.googleapis.com # resolve using your default DNS
dig www.googleapis.com @8.8.8.8 # resolve with Google's DNS serverIf you are using systemd-resolved (default on Arch Linux), ensure it is at version 233 or higher. Previous releases contain a bug which causes not all domains to be resolved properly.
Additionally with the GODEBUG=netdns= environment variable the Go resolver decision can be influenced. This also allows to resolve certain issues with DNS resolution. See the name resolution section in the go docs.
It is likely you have more than 10,000 files that need to be synced. By default rclone only gets 10,000 files ahead in a sync so as not to use up too much memory. You can change this default with the –max-backlog flag.
Rclone is written in Go which uses a garbage collector. The default settings for the garbage collector mean that it runs when the heap size has doubled.
However it is possible to tune the garbage collector to use less memory by setting GOGC to a lower value, say export GOGC=20. This will make the garbage collector work harder, reducing memory size at the expense of CPU usage.
The most common cause of rclone using lots of memory is a single directory with thousands or millions of files in. Rclone has to load this entirely into memory as rclone objects. Each rclone object takes 0.5k-1k of memory.
This is free software under the terms of MIT the license (check the COPYING file included with the source code).
Copyright (C) 2019 by Nick Craig-Wood https://www.craig-wood.com/nick/
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.Forum for questions and general discussion:
The project website is at:
There you can file bug reports or contribute pull requests.
You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements:
Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or confidential email Nick Craig-Wood. Please don’t email me requests for help - those are better directed to the forum - thanks!